New Century Books Catalog 2017
With Every Order - FREE DVD with DoctorKC books (Full text), Catalogues, Yellow pages, Songs, Karaoke
DVD Also available against Rs50 handling charges - Please use payment options below.
Prices below are discounted and strictly not negotiable.
Rs60 Courier charges.
Message your requirement at ukmall.net/email.php or facebook.com/doctorkc
Wait for availability confirmation - upto 12 hours.
Pay through Indiamart - Click here to pay
Creditcard/Debitcard/Netbanking - Click here to pay amount using Instamojo
Creditcard/Debitcard/Netbanking - Click here to pay amount using PayUMoney
Creditcard/Debitcard/Netbanking - On PayTM, transfer amount to mobile 9810570740
Want to host website - as HUGE as ukmall.net? - US$5 per month
Provide your kid a set of sketch pens and a ream of paper. Your kid would land into a panorma of creativity.
An unlimited website means the same for you. You may find a dozen Unlimited Website providers at ukmall.net/hosting - charging under US$100 a year. Tested by a MORBID user like me, most providers cancel the account and REFUND FULL MONEY. Interserver has no tolerance limits. Just buy a hosting  account for US$5 per month at Interserver and host resume of EVERYONE IN THE WORLD. You may host railway timetable or telephone directory of largest city in the world. Interserver never tells - We can't offer that much space.  AND you may host unlimited domains in one account.
Instant help :- facebook.com/doctorkc 9810570740, 9810571993
Twenty Five Years Of Economic Reforms In India by M.m. Sury : Rs2039 ISBN: 9788177084344
After centuries of subjugation, India was a typically backward economy at the time of Independence in 1947. It exhibited the following features: (a) traditional and stagnant agriculture, (b) poor technological and scientific capabilities, (c) limited and lop-sided industrialization, (d) underdeveloped means of transport and communications, (e) grossly inadequate health and educational facilities, and (f) virtually non-existent social security arrangements. In short, the country suffered from the twin problems of rampant poverty and widespread unemployment, both making for low general standard of living. During the formative years after Independence, the development pattern of India was characterised by strong centralised planning, government ownership of basic and key industries, excessive regulation and control of private enterprise, trade protectionism through tariff and non-tariff barriers and a cautious and selective approach towards foreign capital. It was quota, permit and license regime guided and controlled by a bureaucracy trained in colonial style. Indian economy grew at an average dismal rate of 3.5 percent per annum during the first 30 years (1950-80) of planned economic development. This so-called state-controlled inward-looking, and import substitution strategy of economic development began to be widely questioned with the beginning of 1980s. Policy makers started realising the drawbacks of this strategy which inhibited competitiveness and efficiency and produced a much lower rate of growth than expected. Consequently, economic reforms were set in motion—though on a modest scale— when controls on industries were reduced by the 1985 Industrial Policy. The economic reforms programme got a big boost when the Government announced a new industrial policy in the Indian Parliament on July 24, 1991. Since then, it is liberalisation, privatisation and globalisation all the way and the process is underway. In the new liberalised industrial and trade environment, the Government is progressively assuming the role of a promoter, facilitator and catalytic agent instead of a regulator and controller of economic activities. The liberalisation process which started in the early 1990s encompassed wide-ranging reform measures in the areas of industry, public finances, banking and insurance, foreign trade and exchange rate management. The purpose of these economic reforms was two-fold: (a) to restore macroeconomic stability on both domestic and external fronts, and (b) to place the economy on a higher growth path through enhanced levels of investment, and improvements in productivity, efficiency and competitiveness. After the reforms, the Indian economy has been growing faster than its historical growth rate. Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-07) recorded an annual growth rate of 7.2 percent and the Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) achieved a 7.9 percent growth rate per annum. It is now widely agreed that the Indian economy is capable of achieving high growth rates in response to the implementation of appropriate and timely economic reforms. India is now Asia’s third largest economy and has the world’s fourth largest foreign exchange reserves.India’s gradual and cautious approach to economic reforms has proved well-founded and the country is placed on a firm footing for future forays into domestic and global economic activities. Presently, India is one of world’s fastest growing economies. Lately, it has emerged as a global economic power, a leading outsourcing destination and a favourite of international investors. The new Government at the Centre, which took charge in May 2014, under the dynamic leadership of Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi has a vision to make India a modern and vibrant economy. Policies and programmes to rejuvenate the economy have already been announced in this regard. These have included, inter alia, Start-up India Initiative, 2016, eBiz Project, Make in India Campaign, Stand-Up India Scheme, Ease of Doing Business, India Aspiration Fund (IAF), Atal Innovation Mission (AIM), India Inclusive Innovation Fund (IIIF), Digital India, Smart Cities Mission, Atal Pension Yojana (APY) and permission to set up payment banks. This book provides a comprehensive account and assessment of economic reforms introduced in various sectors of the Indian economy during the last 25 years (1991-2016).

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Seventy Years Of Banking System In India by Niti Bhasin : Rs1674 ISBN: 9788177084337
Financial institutions are at the heart of an economic system. A modern economy, characterised by acute specialisation and exchange, is unthinkable without financial intermediaries. India has a long and chequered history of financial intermediation, particularly commercial banking. Soon after Independence in 1947, Government of India followed a policy of social control of important financial institutions. The nationalisation of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in 1948 marked the beginning of this policy. This was followed by the takeover of the then Imperial Bank of India in 1956 which was rechristened as State Bank of India. In another significant development, Government nationalised 14 major commercial banks in 1969. In 1980, 6 more commercial banks were nationalised and brought under public ownership. Thus, till the initiation of economic reforms in early 1990s, banking business in India was a near-monopoly of the Government of India. Setting up of regional rural banks (RRBs) in the mid-1970s was a major initiative to meet credit requirements of the rural people. The co-operative banking system forms an integral part of the Indian financial system. It comprises urban co-operative banks and rural co-operative credit institutions. Urban co-operative banks (UCBs) have a single-tier structure whereas rural co-operatives have a two- or three-tier structure. On November 27, 2014, the RBI released the final guidelines for a new category of banks called payments bank. Bank-related financial intermediaries in India include development finance institutions (DFIs), non-banking financial companies (NBFCs), mutual funds, pension funds and insurance organizations. As a result of state domination, India’s banking system till the early 1990s was characterised by barriers to entry, control over pricing of financial assets, high transaction costs and restrictions on movement of funds from one market segment to another. It was in this backdrop that wide-ranging banking sector reforms were introduced as an integral part of the economic reforms programme started in 1991. These reforms have paved the way for integration among various segments of the financial system. It is widely accepted that reduction/removal of financial repression has enhanced the efficiency and potential growth of the banking sector in India. Banking sector has been a major beneficiary of the inroads made by information technology (IT). Banking services and products being delivered through electronic channels include e-banking, internet banking, mobile banking, automated teller machines (ATMs), and satellite banking. Banks are also offering payment services on behalf of their customers who shop in different e-shops, e-malls etc. Banking sector reforms have supported the transition of the Indian economy to a higher growth path, while significantly improving the stability of the financial system. In comparison to the pre-reforms period, the Indian banking system today is more stable and efficient. The present book explains and examines at length the changes which have swept India’s banking sector since Independence in 1947, with focus on post-1991 period.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Twenty Years Of World Trade Organization (wto) by O.s. Deol : Rs1661 ISBN: 9788177084313
Created by Uruguay Round of Negotiations (1986-1994), WTO was established on January 1, 1995 with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. As on January 1, 2016, 162 countries of the world were members of the WTO. The creation of WTO in 1995 marked the biggest reform of international trade since 1948. During those 47 years, international commerce was regulated under the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) which helped to establish a prosperous multilateral trading system. However, by the end of 1980s an overhaul was due. WTO replaced GATT which remained in existence from 1948 to 1994. GATT was a multilateral treaty, governing trade in goods only. WTO is much wider in scope and coverage. WTO Agreements cover services and intellectual property as well. WTO is the only international body dealing with the rules of trade between nations. At its heart are the WTO Agreements, the legal ground rules for international commerce and for trade policy. The agreements have three main objectives: (a) to help trade flow as freely as possible, (b) to achieve further liberalisation gradually through negotiations and (c) to set up an impartial means of settling disputes. A number of simple, fundamental principles run throughout all the WTO Agreements. They are the foundation of the multilateral trading system. They include: non-discrimination, freer trade, predictable policies, encouragement to competition and extra provisions for less developed countries. The present work provides an exhaustive description and documentation of the demise of GATT and the birth of WTO. More importantly, the work focuses on the present structure and functioning of WTO, its various agreements and declarations, dispute settlement mechanism, trade review mechanism, pending issues and ongoing negotiations. The work consists of three parts. Part I contains 9 chapters. Chapter 1 advocates the case for open trade. Chapter 2 is devoted to General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). Chapter 3 discusses the Uruguay Round of trade negotiations and the birth of WTO. Chapter 4 covers WTO agreements on establishment, GATT, agriculture, sanitary and phytosanitary measures, and textiles. Chapter 5 explains WTO agreements on technical barriers to trade, trade-related investment, anti-dumping, customs valuation, and pre-shipment inspection. Chapter 6 describes WTO agreements on rules of origin, import licensing, subsidies, and safeguards. Chapter 7 is exclusively devoted to General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS). Likewise, Chapter 8 exclusively deals with Agreement on Trade-related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS). Chapter 9 spells out WTO understanding on rules and procedures governing the settlement of disputes. Part II consists of 10 chapters, one each devoted to the discussions, declarations, decisions and agreements of 10 Ministerial Conferences of the WTO held so far. Part III contains 1 chapter which looks at the future of WTO. It explains and examines the current issues pending before WTO, hurdles in solving them and strategies of member countries/trade blocks in this regard. Besides, Part III also includes an appendix—which provides a list of 162 members of WTO (as on January 1, 2016)—bibliography and index.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Goods And Services Tax (gst) In India by B. Viswanathan : Rs684 ISBN: 9788177084290
Restructuring of the tax system has constituted a major component of fiscal reforms in India initiated since 1991. The main focus of the tax reforms has been on simplification and rationalization of both direct and indirect taxes with the objective of augmenting revenues and removing anomalies in the tax structure. Tax reforms in recent years have brought the tax system much closer to international tax practices. In the 2016-17 Union Budget, gross tax revenue of the Government has been estimated at ` 16,30,888 crore. Out of this, the share of taxes on goods and services (customs, excise and service tax) is ` 7,83,791 crore (48.1 percent) while the remaining ` 8,47,097 crore (51.9 percent) is contributed by direct taxes (corporation tax and income tax). The current structure of taxes on goods and services in India is highly complex, leaky (riddled with exemptions), and characterized by complicated compliance procedures. The strategy of the Government in respect of indirect taxes is to continue the tariff reforms process towards mean Asian levels of customs tariff, convergence towards a single rate of excise duty (with some exceptions), widening of service tax base and a phased move towards a fully-integrated goods and services tax (GST). National level GST is a part of the proposed tax reforms to evolve an efficient and harmonized consumption tax system in the country. Presently, there are parallel systems of indirect taxes at the Central and State levels. Each of the systems needs to be reformed to eventually harmonize them. This book traces the evolution of taxation of goods and services (indirect taxes) in India during the post-Independence period. More importantly, it analyzes the present structure of indirect taxes and the harmonization measures undertaken by the Government in this regard. It also examines and sets forth core issues pertaining to the proposed national level GST which is expected to be rolled out in the near future.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Rural Marketing, Media Planning And Consumer Protection by Meenu Agrawal : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177084276
According to 2011 census, rural population was 68.8 percent of the total population of India. The rural population is scattered across 6 lakh villages. Ministry of Rural Development (MoRD), Government of India, is the nodal agency for rural development in India. It co-ordinates, implements and funds schemes which aim at ensuring that the fruits of economic development reach the villages and the common man. Marketing is the most important function for the success of any business organisation. Therefore, marketers have learnt new techniques and have become more creative. In India, rural consumers’ behaviour is not always rational on account of their illiteracy, ignorance, and poverty. While buying goods and services, they are influenced mostly by personal, traditional and psychological factors. In addition, their behaviour is also guided by those needs which are not satisfied as yet. On account of these drawbacks, they suffer heavily, and this situation can be remedied only through education and awareness. The present age is the age of advertisements and their impact on consumer education and behaviour is profound. Advertisements guide the consumers in selection of goods and services, which they use in their daily life. Though the outlook of rural consumers is still largely traditional yet advertisements and aggressive marketing in recent years have affected their buying behaviour considerably. The present book highlights the characteristics of rural consumers in India, their buying behaviour and problems. It has also examined the barriers in rural consumer education and the steps taken by public authorities to promote awareness among rural consumers.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
A Handbook On Law Of Torts by Birendra Mohan Thakur : Rs707 ISBN: 9788177084269
Tort means a civil wrong. Tort cases include injury in road accidents, injury or death due to spurious foodstuffs, negligent treatment in hospitals, excesses by police authorities etc. Tort is breach of some duty independent of the contract which has caused damage to the plaintiff giving rise to civil cause of action and for which remedy is available. If there is no remedy, it cannot be called a tort because the essence of tort is to give remedy to the person who has suffered injury. In India, tort law is a relatively new area based on common law, supplemented by codifying statutes including statutes governing damages. While India generally follows the English law, there are certain differences which may indicate judicial activism, hence creating controversy. There is little tort litigation in India due to: (a) lack of awareness about one’s rights, (b) spirit of tolerance among Indians, (c) high cost of litigation which is beyond the means of poor people, (d) undue delay—particularly in civil cases—in the final disposal of cases and (e) discouraging attitude of the courts in tort cases. The law of torts has a social relevance in India where illiteracy and ignorance are widespread. The marginalized and vulnerable sections of the society, particularly in rural areas, do not understand their rights and privileges under the Constitution of India and the laws enacted thereunder. The law of tort needs to be understood by one and all. The present Handbook explains the law of tort in simple and easily comprehensible language. It will be of immense help to students and practitioners of law.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Smart Cities And Urban Development In India by N. Mani : Rs977 ISBN: 9788177084320
The share of urban population in India’s total population was 25.7 percent in 1991 which increased to 27.8 percent in 2001. About 377 million Indians comprising of about 31 percent of the country’s population, live in urban areas according to Census 2011. Projections are that by 2031, 40 percent of India’s population will be residing in urban areas. In recent years, the urban sector in India has undergone a major change following the country’s transition towards a market-based economy and the spirit of decentralization embodied in the Constitution (Seventy-fourth) Amendment Act, 1992 (relating to municipalities) which came into force on June 1, 1993. Municipalities are now constitutional bodies forming third tier to the federal polity of India. Taking into account the existing and future scenario, Government of India has launched, in recent years, a number of schemes/programmes to augment and modernize urban infrastructure. Development of smart cities is a step in that direction. The Smart Cities Mission, launched by the Prime Minister in June 2015, will cover 100 cities and its duration will be 5 years (2015-16 to 2019-20). The first list of 20 urban areas that will be developed as smart cities was announced by the Government on January 28, 2016. 13 more cities were added to the list on May 24, 2016, making a total of 33 cities. This book provides a detailed account of problems arising from growing urbanization in India. It particularly focuses on policies and programmes of the Government to deal with the challenges posed by rising urbanization which is attributable in large measure, to migration of rural people to urban areas in search of employment and a better standard of living.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Entrepreneurship In India by Jaynal Ud-din Ahmed : Rs662 ISBN: 9788177084252
According to Census 2011, population of India increased from 103 crore in 2001 to 121 crore in 2011, an increase of 18 crore or 17.6 percent. Out of 121 crore, 62.4 crore (51.6 percent) were males and 58.6 crore (48.4) were females. Women play a critical role in the family which is the basic unit of a society. Family is a strong force for social cohesion and integration and as such should be strengthened. The inadequate support to women and insufficient protection to their respective families affect society as a whole and undermines efforts to achieve gender equality. In different cultural, political and social systems, various forms of family exist and the rights, capabilities and responsibilities of family members must be respected. The extent of empowerment of women in the national hierarchy is determined largely by three factors: their economic, social and political identity. These factors are deeply intertwined and interlinked with many cross cutting linkages. However, if efforts in even one dimension remain absent or weak, outcomes generated by the other components are adversely affected. Women can be truly empowered only when all the three factors are simultaneously addressed and made compatible with each other. In other words, for holistic empowerment of women to happen, economic, social and political aspects impacting women’s lives must converge effectively. A growing body of work shows that entrepreneurial behaviour is dependent on social and economic factors. For example, countries with healthy and diversified labour markets or stronger safety nets show a more favourable ratio of opportunity-driven rather than necessity-driven women entrepreneurs. This volume contains 14 scholarly papers which provide deep insights into various aspects of women entrepreneurship in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Panchayati Raj And Women Empowerment by Nupur Tiwari : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177084283
Panchayats are local governments mandated in the Constitution of India. As per the Constitution, a three-tier structure of panchayats is in place across the country, excepting areas where Part IX of the Constitution does not apply. Panchayats are to be constituted, through elections every five years, except in States with a population of less than 20 lakh, where panchayats at two tiers may be created. The Constitution recognizes the gram sabha, i.e. all the electors in a village panchayat. The Constitution provides that seats and offices of chairpersons be reserved for scheduled castes (SCs) and scheduled tribes (STs) in proportion to their respective population, and not less than one-third seats and offices of the chairpersons be reserved for women, including within the SC and ST reservations. Women’s increased political participation has yielded positive results. Issues central to the development—including health, nutrition, family income and education—have taken centre stage as women participate in panchayati raj institutions (PRIs), village development boards and other governance structures. India has primarily relied upon the method of reservation to ensure women’s presence in decision-making bodies. This has increased de jure, but not necessarily de facto, participation. There is a need to encourage women’s participation in other kinds of groups and associations which contribute to an atmosphere of leadership by women.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Muslim Minorities In Europe And India by Anwar Alam And : Rs1391 ISBN: 9788177084306
The issue of accommodation of religious minorities within the structure of nation-states has been a subject of intense discussions among scholars and policy makers across the world since the late 20th century. Most societies and nation-states in the world are either experiencing strains in accommodating the social, economic and political concerns of minority communities or facing difficulties in managing majority-minority relationship. More than any other community, it is the integration of minority Muslim communities that has been the subject of global debates and deliberations, particularly in the western hemisphere. The emergence of political radicalism within some sections of Muslim communities in the West and a series of terrorist attacks has further compounded this problem. These developments have reinforced the pervasive thinking among a large section of non-Muslim host societies that Islam suffers from structural deficiencies for a meaningful integration in the host societies. The edited volume is a collection of 14 scholarly articles including introduction, which deals with the problem of accommodation of Muslim minority communities in the European and Indian contexts. It interrogates the notion of modernity, Muslim modernity, secularism, pluralism and multiculturalism in both European and Indian settings. Linkages of religion, ethnicity and politics for the integration of Muslim minorities within the structure of nation-state are also explored in a cross-cultural comparative framework.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Pay Commissions Of India by M.m Sury : Rs1224 ISBN: 9788177084245
The Government of India constitutes, as a matter of convention, a pay commission after almost every 10 years to review and make recommendations on the wage structure of Central Government civilian and armed forces employees and pensioners. A pay commission, depending on the terms of reference, examines various aspects—such as pay and allowances, retirement and death benefits, conditions of service, promotion policy and such other related matters—of the wage structure of employees and submits its recommendations to the Government. The Government, in turn, takes the final decision as to the implementation of the recommendations, which may be full or partial or amended or modified. The chairman and members of the pay commission are nominated by the Government. A pay commission is not a constitutional body and therefore the Central Government has a lot of leeway about which part of the report to adopt and in what timeframe. Since India’s Independence, 7 pay commissions have been set up, from time to time, to review and recommend wage structure for Central Government employees. Usually a pay commission is given 18 months time to submit its report. A pay commission, before recommending the pay structure, analyzes voluminous data relating, inter alia, to the general economic conditions in the country, financial resources of the government, strength of the work force, and pay structure in public sector and private sector undertakings. Clearly, review and determination of the pay structure of Central Government employees and pensioners is a stupendous and complicated task. Reports of pay commissions provide glimpses of the events, challenges and perceptions of labour leaders and policy makers during the post-Independence period. The present work provides highlights and summary of recommendations of each of the 7 pay commissions which have reported so far. The work is divided into two parts. Part I deals with the Reports of First to Sixth Pay Commission. Part II is exclusively devoted to the Report of the Seventh Central Pay Commission which was submitted to the Government on November 19, 2015.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Skill Development And Entrepreneurship In India by Rameshwari Pandya : Rs1337 ISBN: 9788177084184
Skill development and entrepreneurship are complementary to each other. The term skills is used in the literature to refer to a wide range of attributes and to that extent there is no clear definition of a skilled worker. In practical terms, the term used is marketable skill which commonly refers to any skill/expertise/ability that has a market value, i.e. which has the potential of being utilised for generating income/employment. Entrepreneurship is the quality of being an entrepreneur, i.e. one who undertakes an enterprise. The term puts emphasis on the risk and effort taken by individuals who both own and manage a business, and on the innovations resulting from their pursuit of economic success. Skill development is important because of its contribution to enhancing productivity at the individual, industry and also national levels because of the complementarities that exist between physical capital and human capital on the one hand and between technology and human capital on the other. Fast changing knowledge economies call for new core competencies among all learners in the society. In India, skill formation is broadly ensured through general education—considered as a provider of generic skills. Other than general education, skill formation efforts consist of vocational education and training and sector-specific programmes for better employability in industry. The National Policy for Skill Development and Entrepreneurship, 2015 aims to bring the world of education and training closer to the world of work so as to enable them together build a strong India. It provides clarity and coherence on how skill development efforts across the country can be aligned within the existing institutional arrangements. The policy links skill development to improved employability and productivity. This book provides a comprehensive account of policies and programmes for skill development and entrepreneurship in India, focusing on the needs of unorganized (informal) sector workers, marginalized and vulnerable groups and women workers.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Agriculture And Environment In India by Surya Bhushan : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177084207
The most important natural resource of India is land which is the basis for all agricultural and allied activities. While the population grows, the land surface is fixed and only a certain proportion of it is available for cultivation. In the context of increasing human and animal population, the non-expandable land resources have to accommodate the competing demands for production of food, fodder, fibre, fuel, minerals, urbanisation and other non-agricultural uses. Land degradation, occurring due to the natural and human induced causes, is one of the priority concerns in India. The varying degrees and types of degradation stem mainly from unsustainable use and inappropriate land management practices. Wastelands, deserts, drought-prone and flood-prone areas have been subjected to severe forms of degradation. The capacity of these lands is limited due to environmental factors. Pressures of human and livestock population have further compromised them. Direct consequences of agricultural development on environment arise from intensive farming activities, which contribute to soil erosion, land salination and loss of nutrients. Modern agricultural practices in the country have led to over-exploitation of land and water resources and excessive use of fertilizers and pesticides. Shifting cultivation has also been a major factor responsible for land degradation in hilly areas. It is essential to control soil erosion in order to attain and maintain food security, sustainable forestry and agricultural and rural development.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Social Entrepreneurship by C. Paramasivan : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177084221
Social entrepreneurship is the art of creating a socially responsible business that aims at generating profit, while solving social and environmental problems. A social entrepreneur starts and runs social enterprises. Social entrepreneurs find new and efficient ways to create products, services or structures that either directly cater to social needs or enable to cater to social needs that must be satisfied in order to achieve sustainable development. Social entrepreneurship takes responsibility for an innovative and untested idea for positive social change and ushering that idea from dream to reality. It enables social entrepreneur to make lasting impact on the most difficult problems and it is a special combination of groundbreaking creativity and steadfast execution. Corporate social responsibility (CSR) is a concept, accepted the world over, whereby corporates integrate social and environmental concerns in their business operations and in the interactions with their stakeholders on a voluntary basis. The three keys to an effective CSR are commitment, clarity and congruence with corporate values. Clarity is all important because each corporate entity has to frame its CSR initiatives based on the environment of the activities being carried out. Congruence is about ensuring the corporate attitude to its responsibilities towards society. CSR should also be consistent with own values and culture of the company. This volume contains 16 papers which provide deep insights into the social and ethical aspects of modern business practices.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Food Security by Ranita Nagar : Rs1026 ISBN: 9788177084177
Food security is one of the major components of social security. It consists of ensuring that food is available at all times, that all persons have means of and access to it, that it is nutritionally adequate in terms of quantity, quality and variety, and that it is acceptable within the given culture. There are three elements in this definition, availability, accessibility and suitability. In recent years, nutrition has been considered as a part of food security. Food security is a form of investment in human capital. It brings stability in people’s lives and makes it easier for them to meet their basic needs, protect health, educate children, and take risks. Poverty, land degradation, climate change are some of the causes of food insecurity. Each country, be it developed or developing, faces a specific challenge in meeting the food requirements of its population. The problem is more severe in developing countries which are agro economies and are heavily dependent on natural climate for a good yield. There are other problems also like food wastage by a section of the population while the rest go hungry. No country could perhaps ever be 100 percent food secure in the holistic comprehension of the term. Yet there are some countries which have more successfully tackled their food requirements with effective economic and trade policies while others are failing. This book comprises of 15 papers which provide critical and comparative analysis of food security policies and programmes in a cross-section of countries, developed and developing.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India-asean Trade And Economic Relations by Vishal Sarin : Rs612 ISBN: 9788177084214
India’s engagement with the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) started with its Look East Policy in the year 1991. ASEAN has a membership of 10 countries, namely Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Lao PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. India became a sectoral dialogue partner of ASEAN in 1992 and full dialogue partner in 1996. In November 2001, the ASEAN-India relationship was upgraded to the summit level. On August 13, 2009, India and ASEAN signed the Trade in Goods Agreement under the broader framework of a Comprehensive Economic Cooperation Agreement (CECA) between India and ASEAN. The Trade in Goods Agreement provides for elimination of basic customs duty on 80 percent of the tariff lines accounting for 75 percent of the trade, in a gradual manner starting from January 1, 2010. Conclusions of negotiations for the Services Agreement and Investment Agreement were announced during the ASEAN-India Commemorative Summit held on December 20, 2012 in New Delhi. The Agreement was signed during ASEAN Economic Ministers (AEM)-India Consultations in August 2013. This book provides a comprehensive account of trade and economic relations between India and ASEAN.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women In India by Nishant Anand : Rs698 ISBN: 9788177084191
Advancement and empowerment of women has been a leading objective of state policy in India ever since the attainment of Independence in 1947. The principle of gender equality is enshrined in the Indian Constitution in its Preamble, Fundamental Rights, Fundamental Duties and Directive Principles of State Policy. The Constitution not only grants equality to women, but also empowers the state to adopt measures of positive discrimination in favour of women. Gender equality is a constituent of development as well as an instrument of development. No country can be deemed developed if half of its population is severely disadvantaged in terms of basic needs, livelihood options, access to knowledge and political voice. A natural corollary of ensuring gender equality is the elimination of gender discrimination. The problem of missing girl child pertains to unborn girl children in their mothers’ wombs, who are deliberately disposed of (in contravention of the existing laws) before birth only because they are female. Their disposal before birth is extreme instance of gender discrimination, forbidden both by domestic and international laws and conventions. The burgeoning size of this missing group is now receiving attention as a factor crucial to the health of the social fabric and to the well-being of communities. 2011 Census data shows that the sex ratio for children below 6 years (i.e. number of girls for every 1,000 boys) dropped from 927 in 2001 to a dismal 914 in 2011. This decline is unabated since 1961 Census. This book provides deep insights into the problem of female foeticide in India. It explains and examines the reasons for its rapid growth, laws to safeguard the rights of women and the landmark judgments of courts in this context. Role of civil society and media has also been highlighted in improving the status of Indian women.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Empowerment And Socio-economic Development by Kartick Das Et Al. : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177084238
Empowerment of women through gainful employment is a constituent—as well as instrument—of development in any country. No country can be deemed developed if half of its population is severely disadvantaged in terms of basic needs, livelihood options, access to knowledge and political voice. A natural corollary of ensuring gender equality is the elimination of gender discrimination. Women’s lack of economic empowerment not only impedes growth and poverty reduction, but also has a host of other negative impacts including less favourable education and health outcomes for children. Thus, it is extremely important to ensure that women are economically, socially and politically empowered. Effective and coordinated plans and programmes for the full implementation of women-oriented policies require a clear research-based knowledge of ground realities of the socio-economic status of women, particularly rural women. This volume is the outcome of the findings of academicians and researchers from different disciplines. The 11 papers included in this work throw light on various dimensions of women empowerment in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Policy Of India by Faisal Ahmed Et Al. : Rs801 ISBN: 9788177084061
West Asia and North Africa (WANA) region is socially vibrant, economically promising and geo-politically volatile. From the 1973 oil crisis to the Arab Spring and from the African Peer Review Mechanism (APRM) to the Islamic States of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL) crisis, the region has seen it all. India’s engagement with the region has been historically evolving. India shares strong cultural ties with the countries of the region. The trade and diplomatic relations between India and WANA countries are also witnessing an evolving trend. The Persian Gulf states have already been termed as our extended neighbourhood, while most of the African countries are becoming preferred destinations for Indian investments. In fact, India and WANA countries are mutually indispensable for each other in terms of natural resources, sea routes, maritime security, geo-economic co-operation, potential markets and participation in global value chains. Given this backdrop, the present volume contains 11 well-researched papers, authored by experts in the field of India’s foreign policy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India: Economic Policies And Performance by Vaidehi Shriram Daptardar : Rs1953 ISBN: 9788177084115
For almost three decades after Independence (1950-80), development pattern of India was characterised by strong centralised planning, government ownership of basic and key industries, excessive regulation and control of private enterprise, trade protectionism through tariff and non-tariff barriers and a cautious and selective approach towards foreign capital. This so-called inward-looking, import substitution strategy of economic development began to be widely questioned with the beginning of 1980s. Policy makers started realising the drawbacks of this strategy which inhibited competitiveness and efficiency and produced a much lower rate of growth than expected. Consequently, economic reforms were set in motion, though on a modest scale, when controls on industries were reduced by the 1985 industrial policy. The economic reforms programme got a big boost when the Government announced a new industrial policy in the Indian Parliament on July 24, 1991. Since then, it is liberalisation, privatisation and globalisation all the way and the process is underway. In the new liberalised industrial and trade environment, the Government is progressively assuming the role of a promoter, facilitator and catalytic agent instead of a regulator and controller of economic activities. India’s gradual and cautious approach to economic reforms has proved well-founded and the country is placed on a firm footing for future forays into domestic and global economic activities. Presently, India is one of world’s fastest growing economies. Lately, it has emerged as a global economic power, a leading outsourcing destination and a favourite of international investors. Indian economy has matured in several important respects. It is now much more integrated with the world economy and has benefited from this integration in many ways. The outstanding success of information technology (IT) and IT-enabled services (ITES) has demonstrated what Indian skills and enterprise can do, given the right environment. Similar strength is now evident in sectors such as pharmaceuticals, auto components and, more recently in textiles. This book provides a comprehensive account of India’s economic policies and performance over the years 1947-48 to 2015-16, with focus on post-liberalization (1991 onward) period.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Tax System In India by M.m. Sury : Rs1931 ISBN: 9788177084108
Taxes are as old as civilizations. Taxes are imposed so that a government may perform its traditional functions (defence, and maintenance of law and order), undertake welfare and developmental activities, and make provision for public goods to satisfy collective needs of the people. It has also to pay for its own administration. It needs financial resources for these purposes and taxation is one method of transferring money from private to public hands. Taxation is necessary because what the government gives it must first take away. The Indian tax system has undergone major structural changes since Independence in 1947. It has become comprehensive and complicated over the years. It has successfully mobilised resources to finance developmental, welfare and administrative activities of public authorities. Besides being the main source of revenue, both for the Central and State Governments, it is an effective instrument to realise various socio-economic objectives of national policies. However, the tax system has been relying heavily on indirect taxes and suffering extensively from fiscal malady called tax evasion. Restructuring of the tax system has constituted a major component of fiscal reforms initiated since 1991. The main focus of the tax reforms has been on simplification and rationalisation of both direct and indirect taxes with the objective of augmenting revenues and removing anomalies in the tax structure. Tax reforms in recent years have brought the tax system much closer to international tax practices. The post-1991 period has witnessed a sharp decline in the rates of income tax, excise duty and customs tariff. The theory that high rates of duty lead to higher revenue collection has been discarded in favour of lower rates with fewer exemptions and concessions. The strategy in respect of direct taxation is to minimise distortions in tax structure by expanding the tax base, moderating tax rates, improving efficiency of tax administration and increasing the deterrence level. The strategy in respect of indirect taxes is to move towards a fully integrated national level goods and services tax (GST). This book provides an exhaustive and analytical account of tax structure developments in India since Independence in 1947 with focus on post-1991 reforms. It places current developments in the field of taxation in perspective. Containing 25 chapters (divided into 7 theme parts), it explains and examines almost every aspect of the Indian tax system. Besides, it provides detailed time-series tax statistics of India for the period 1950-51 to 2013-14/2015-16. The overall approach to the subject is descriptive, and at places analytical. The book is designed to interest a cross-section of readers, viz. teachers and students of economics, commerce, law, public administration, business management, chartered accountancy and company secretaryship. It will also serve the needs of legislators, business executives, entrepreneurs and investors, and others interested in tax structure developments in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial Inclusion In India by N. Mani : Rs1341 ISBN: 9788177084085
It is well-known that in India, while one segment of the population has access to assortment of banking services encompassing regular banking facilities and portfolio counselling, the other segment of underprivileged and lower income group is totally deprived of even basic financial services. Exclusion of large segments of the society from financial services adversely affects the overall economic growth of a country. Apart from the rural areas, there is a significant degree of financial exclusion in urban areas as well. The cost of financial exclusion is recognised to be enormous for the society as well as for individuals, particularly in terms of inability to realise full potential due to financial constraints. The recent developments in banking technology have transformed banking from the traditional brick-and-mortar infrastructure like staffed branches to a system supplemented by other channels like automated teller machines (ATMs), credit/debit cards, internet banking, online money transfers etc. However, access to such technology is restricted only to privileged segments of the society. In order to ensure financial inclusion of the poor, particularly in rural areas, various initiatives have been taken by the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) from time to time. These have included nationalization of commercial banks in 1969 and 1980, establishment and expansion of rural credit co-operatives, regional rural banks (RRBs), urban co-operative banks (UCBs), micro finance and self-help groups (SHGs), mutual funds, pension funds and Pradhan Mantri Jan-Dhan Yojana (PMJDY), 2014. There are several challenges that require concerted efforts from banks, the RBI and the Government to ensure convenient and cost-effective delivery of financial services to the public at large. In particular, the challenge is to introduce innovations in risk assessment, reduce transaction costs, devise new credit delivery channels, and use information technology to make financial inclusion a viable model. Looking to the immense potential lying ahead, rapid progress of financial inclusion efforts in India is the need of the hour. The stakeholders have come to realize the need for viable and sustainable business models which can sharply focus on accessible and affordable financial services, products and processes, synergistic partnerships with non-bank entities including the technology service providers.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Export Policy And Management In India by Vibha Mathur : Rs869 ISBN: 9788177084122
For about 40 years (1950-90), foreign trade of India suffered from strict bureaucratic and discretionary controls. Beginning 1991, the Government of India introduced a series of reforms to liberalise and globalise the Indian economy. Reforms in the external sector of India were intended to integrate the Indian economy with the world economy. The major trade policy changes in the post-1991 period have included simplification of procedures, removal of quantitative restrictions, and substantial reduction in the tariff rates. India’s approach to openness has been cautious, contingent on achieving certain preconditions to ensure an orderly process of liberalisation and ensuring macroeconomic stability. Foreign Trade Policy (FTP) for the period 2015-20 announced by the Government on April 1, 2015 visualises increase in India’s exports of merchandise and services from US$ 465.9 billion in 2013-14 to approximately US$ 900 billion by 2019-20 and to raise India’s share in world exports from 2 percent to 3.5 percent. The products wherein India has the maximum presence in international market in terms of export share are spices, marine products, precious and semi-precious stones and textiles. Recent trends, however, indicate that the commodity structure of India’s exports has slowly begun to shift towards higher technology intensive manufactures. According to Trade Profiles, 2014 of the World Trade Organization (WTO), India’s share in total world exports was 1.66 percent in 2013 whereas its share in total world imports was 2.47 percent for the same year. The main destinations of India’s exports are European Union, United States, United Arab Emirates, China and Singapore. The greatest challenge facing the Indian economy is to enhance its productivity and competitiveness so as to achieve a sustained growth in exports of goods and services.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Entrepreneurship Development by Jaynal Ud-din Ahmed : Rs851 ISBN: 9788177084146
Entrepreneurship has been considered the backbone of economic development. It has been well-established that the level of economic growth of a region, to a large extent, depends on the level of entrepreneurial activities in that region. The myth that entrepreneurs are born, no more holds good. Rather, it is well-recognised now that the entrepreneurs can be created and nurtured through appropriate interventions in the form of entrepreneurship development programmes. In the present era of liberalisation, privatisation and globalization along with ongoing IT revolution, capable entrepreneurs are making use of the opportunities emerging from the evolving scenario. However, a large segment of the population, particularly in the industrially backward regions/rural areas generally lags behind in taking advantage of these opportunities. Therefore, there is a need to provide skill development and entrepreneurship development training to such people in order to bring them to mainstream of economic growth. Entrepreneurship is the quality of being an entrepreneur, i.e. one who undertakes an enterprise. The term puts emphasis on the risk and effort taken by individuals who both own and manage a business, and on the innovations resulting from their pursuit of economic success. This volume contains 18 papers, authored by experts in the field of entrepreneurship and related areas, which provide theoretical and empirical insights into various aspects of entrepreneurship development.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Risk Management by Uma Narang : Rs801 ISBN: 9788177084160
Risk management refers to the practice of identifying potential risks in advance, analysing them and taking precautionary steps to mitigate/eliminate them. Thus, risk management is simply the practice of systematically identifying and understanding risks and the controls that are in place to manage them. Risk is defined as the chance of something happening that will have an impact on objectives. Whatever may be the type of risk, there is a need to manage it. For this, there should be a risk management strategy which maximizes shareholders’ risk- adjusted return. The management of risk is an integral part of good corporate governance. The primary reason for managing risk is to enable agencies to successfully achieve their goals. Risk management ensures that an organization identifies and understands the risks to which it is exposed. Risk management also guarantees that an organization creates and implements an effective plan to prevent losses or reduce the impact, if a loss occurs. Risk management has assumed greater importance in the backdrop of failure of many banks globally. This book explains and examines various aspects of risk management practices and strategies in areas concerning banking, foreign exchange, insurance and credit derivatives.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
E-commerce by Lata Sharma : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177084092
With the introduction of World Wide Web in early 1990s, use of Internet for commerce has grown tremendously. E-commerce involves individuals and business organizations exchanging business information and instructions over electronic media using computers, telephones and other telecommunication equipments. There are two types of E-commerce ventures in operation: (a) the old brick and mortar companies, which have adopted electronic medium, particularly Internet, to enhance their existing products and services, and/or to offer new products and services, and (b) the pure E-ventures which have no visible physical presence. This difference has wider ramifications than mere visibility when it comes to issues like customers’ trust, brand equity, ability to service the customers, adopting new business culture and cost. Another way of classifying E-commerce is by the targeted counterpart of a business, viz. whether the counterpart is a final consumer or another business entity in the distribution chain. Accordingly, the two broad categories of E-commerce are: business-to-consumer (B2C) and business-to-business (B2B). This book explains the conceptual framework of E-commerce in simple and understandable language. More importantly, it examines the operational aspects of E-commerce and various related issues pertaining to accounting, auditing, taxation and related matters.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Health Status And Programmes In India by R.k. Patel : Rs612 ISBN: 9788177084139
Healthcare services in India were utterly inadequate, urban-based and curative in nature at the time of Independence in 1947. Majority of the population, especially the poor and those residing in rural areas, did not have access to modern health facilities. Consequently, the morbidity and mortality rates were quite high. Improvement in the health status of the population has been one of the major thrust areas in social development programmes of India since Independence. Over the past 68 years, India has built up a vast healthcare infrastructure manned by professionals and para-medicals. India has invested massive amounts under the successive Five Year Plans in medical education, training and research which has ensured large manpower from the super-specialists to the auxiliary midwives. Considerable achievements have been made to improve health standards such as increase in life expectancy, decrease in infant and maternal mortality, and eradication of small pox and guinea worm. Nevertheless, problems abound. Malnutrition affects a large proportion of the population especially women and children. An unacceptably high proportion of the population continues to suffer and die from new diseases apart from the existing ones. Pregnancy and childbirth related complications also contribute to the suffering and mortality of women. This book explains and examines the current status of health and health-related services/programmes in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Comparative Governments And Politics by Chanchal Kumar : Rs797 ISBN: 9788177084078
Comparative governments and politics is one of the most exciting and dynamic fields in political science. A comparative study of governments facilitates objective and rational judgement about political systems. Comparative politics seeks to study and understand different political systems analytically, systematically and relatively. It looks for patterns, regularities and systemic changes within and among them. Comparative politics concerns itself with a great variety of issues. These include the comparative study of institutions, interest groups, political culture/values and public policies in different countries. Comparative politics also studies the processes by which countries become developed, modern and democratic. This book is designed to provide insights into comparative governments and politics and related approaches for the study of the subject. More specifically, the book focuses on examining politics in a historical framework while engaging with various themes of comparative analysis in developed and developing countries.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India-u.s. Relations And Asian Rebalancing by Josukutty C.a. : Rs792 ISBN: 9788177084153
The recent emergence of Asia as a formidable military and economic power constitutes the most significant development in the post-Cold War international politics. It incubates a new world order with apparent signals for a radical shift in international power equations. These developments in the Asia-Pacific and the growing camaraderie between India and the US have caught the attention of scholars across the world. The aims and interests of the US, China, India and other regional/middle-level players, coupled with the strategic significance of South China Sea and East China Sea, makes the region a volatile one. The rise of China and its ambition to establish its hegemony in Asia directly challenges the primacy of the US. What role India will play in this ensuing power struggle is of strategic importance and interest. The so-called strategic convergence between India and US is the result of unprecedented rise of China and the schemes of the US to contain it. This compendium contains 13 scholarly articles which survey various aspects of the emerging scenario in the Asia-Pacific. In the process, scholars draw valuable insights on the future trajectory of the bilateral and multilateral relations in Asia. This book includes contributions made by leading scholars who examine and analyse the meaning, dimensions and strategic significance of Asian rebalancing and its impact on India-US relations.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Research Methodology For Social Sciences by M. Thamilarasan : Rs693 ISBN: 9788177083989
Research refers to scientific and systematic search for pertinent information on a specific topic. Research comprises defining and redefining problems; formulating hypotheses; collecting, organizing and evaluating data; making deductions; reaching conclusions; and finally suggesting solutions. Research is, thus, an original contribution to the existing stock of knowledge making for its advancement. It is the pursuit of truth with the help of study, observation, comparison and experiment. Society is an organized group of persons associated together with shared objectives, norms and values. Social research is a systematized investigation to gain new knowledge about social phenomenon and problems. Social research helps to analyze and understand human behaviour which forms the basis for all decisions and policies. In social research, society is the laboratory and human beings are the objects. In spite of complexity of human behaviour and human relations, it is possible to find general patterns of social behaviour and thus to make reasonable predictions. This book ties together the two domains of knowledge, namely qualitative and quantitative research techniques. It is designed to invoke methodological thinking among budding scholars, faculties and researchers in social sciences.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Consumer Rights And Protection In India by Mohammed Kamalun Nabi : Rs792 ISBN: 9788177084009
The consumer protection policy creates an environment whereby the clients and customers receive satisfaction from the delivery of goods and services needed by them. One of the disquieting features of the Indian democracy, even after 67 years of Independence, is that an average Indian consumer continues to be in a pitiable condition due to poverty, illiteracy, ignorance and general apathy. Adulterated food, spurious medicines, and sub-standard domestic appliances are pushed over the counter with ease. Glossy and unethical advertisements appear in the print and electronic media. Ironically, it all happens in a country where, in ancient India, Kautilya in his epoch making Arthasashtra had advocated for fixing of responsibility on the State for safeguarding the interests of the consumers. When it became imperative to protect the consumers from adulterated, sub-standard goods and deficient services and also to provide relief by way of compensation, the Consumer Protection Act was enacted in the year 1986. This Act was enacted with the objective to provide better protection to the consumers against the fraudulent practices of suppliers. The Act provides for effective safeguards for consumers against various types of exploitations and unfair dealings, relying on mainly compensatory rather than punitive or preventive approach. The present work explains and examines the rights of the consumers and the protective measures adopted in India and other countries. It specifically deals with the statutory measures for redressal of consumer grievances provided under the Indian Consumer Protection Act, 1986.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Banking And Micro Finance In India by Minimol M.c. : Rs599 ISBN: 9788177084016
The banking industry in India has undergone transformation since the early 1980s under the impact of deregulation, advances in information technology (IT) and globalisation. These forces have increased competitive pressures which have prompted banks to seek new sources of revenue beyond traditional products. Historically, banks have not provided financial services, such as loans, to clients with little or no cash income. Banks incur substantial costs to manage a client’s account, regardless of how small the sums of money involved are. With financial inclusion emerging as a major policy objective in the country, micro finance has occupied centre stage as a promising conduit for extending financial services to unbanked sections of the population. Micro finance is the provision of financial services to low-income clients or solidarity lending groups, including consumers and the self-employed, who traditionally lack access to banking and related services. Micro finance is not just about giving micro credit to the poor. Rather, it is a tool of economic development aimed at assisting the poor to work their way out of poverty. It covers a wide range of services like credit, savings, insurance, remittance and also non-financial services like training, counselling etc. This volume contains 10 research papers, authored by scholars in the field of finance, which provide deep insights into the functioning of banking sector and micro finance institutions in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (mgnrega) by N.p. Abdul Azeez : Rs707 ISBN: 9788177083996
Consistent with the approach for an employment-centred development strategy, public employment programmes are an integral part of planning and policy in India. Apart from the advantages that accrue to the unemployed, under-employed and the poorly-employed, such programmes have a positive macroeconomic impact via increase in effective demand from the hitherto poor and vulnerable segments of the population. Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA), 2005 was notified on September 7, 2005. The Act came into force on February 2, 2006 when 200 selected districts of the country were brought under its purview (Phase I, 2006-07). MGNREGA was extended to additional 130 districts in Phase II during 2007-08. The remaining rural areas were notified with effect from April 1, 2008. The objective of the MGNREGA is to enhance the livelihood security of unorganised workers in rural areas by guaranteeing 100 days of wage employment in a financial year to a rural household whose members volunteer to do unskilled manual work. The Act further aims at creating durable assets and strengthening the livelihood resource base of the rural poor. The choice of works suggested in the Act address causes of chronic poverty like drought, deforestation, soil erosion etc. so that the process of employment generation is on a sustainable basis. This work traces the origin and development of MGNREGA and analyses its impact in rural areas in terms of Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), wage rate, financial inclusion, budgetary allocations, labour migration, governance and environmental concerns.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India: Bilateral And Regional Economic Co-operation by Gautam Murthy : Rs707 ISBN: 9788177084023
Prior to economic reforms process initiated in 1991, India had adopted a very cautious and guarded approach to regional economic co-operation with countries in the neighbourhood. Recognising that regional economic co-operation would continue to feature prominently in world trade, India engaged with its trading partners/blocks with the intention of expanding its export market and began concluding regional trade agreements (RTAs). Framework agreements have already been entered into with a number of trading partners with specific road maps to be followed and specified time frames by which the negotiations are to be completed. India unveiled the Look East policy in 1991. East Asia?including Japan, China, South Korea and ASEAN?is today India’s largest trading partner, ahead of European Union (EU) and the US. Proliferation of Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) is the clearest evidence of Asian countries’ desire to forge closer economic relationships. RTAs in the world are characterized as the spaghetti bowl in which trade criss-crosses in a complex fashion between countries based on tariff differentials and complicated rules of origin. In recent years, India too is a part of many regional and bilateral groupings. Since early 1990s, world economies have witnessed a paradigm shift towards market-oriented economic policies and a careful dismantling of obstacles in international trade. This has helped the smaller, emerging economies gain access to world markets, modern technologies and collaborations. This has also given them a window to the developed world and helped them understand the significant role of globalization as an instrument, which could be utilised not just to achieve economic efficiency, but also to eradicate poverty. This book is a timely addition to the existing body of literature on India’s economic and trade relations with different countries of the world.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Finance And Women by G. Bhaskar : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177084054
Micro finance is a policy instrument to promote economic development, employment and growth through the support of micro entrepreneurs and small businesses. Micro finance is a movement whose objective is a world in which as many poor and near-poor households as possible have permanent access to an appropriate range of high quality financial services, including not just credit but also savings, insurance, and fund transfers. Many of those who promote micro finance believe that such access will help poor people get out of poverty. Several factors have led to increased interest in micro finance in promoting growth with gender equity. With the growing globalization and liberalization of the economy as well as increased privatization of services, women as a whole have been left behind and not been able to partake in the fruits of success. Mainstreaming of women into the new and emerging areas of growth is imperative. This will require training and skill upgradation in emerging trades and encouraging more women to take up vocational training and employment in the booming sectors. Small enterprises are the best vehicle for stimulating entrepreneurial talent and participation of women in the development process. Small enterprises provide livelihood, check rural-urban migration, generate export earnings and touch upon the lives of the marginalized, disadvantaged and vulnerable women, in both urban and rural areas. The role of micro finance cannot be over emphasized in this context. This book contains 11 research papers, authored by experts in the field of finance, which provide empirical evidence of the role of micro finance in economically empowering women, particularly in rural areas.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
News And Social Media by Madhuri Madhok : Rs599 ISBN: 9788177084030
Information is power and the basis of news. Every bit of news adds to our existing pool of knowledge. An informed nation is a strong nation. Knowledgeable and informed citizenry is the power house of a nation-state. A responsible citizen must be adequately informed about the local, national and international events to make rational choices. Any lacunae or distortion in information hampers the process of correct assessment and correct judgment. It is, therefore, imperative that no such flaw is allowed to affect the process of an informed and rational decision-making. Accurate, relevant and timely information is not just required for public alone. Even governments and many public and private bodies may also be in need of correct information. This book combines both theoretical aspects and practical insights that one would get from a class room lecture and personal interaction with professional peers. It is designed to help the budding journalists perfect the finer nuances of media writing.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human Resources Management (hrm) And Globalization by Anu Chadha : Rs684 ISBN: 9788177084047
Human resources management (HRM) is a dynamic process of bringing people and organizations together so that the goals of each other are met. Since people constitute the most significant resources of any organization, management of human resources becomes critical for the success of an organization. With the rapid changes in the business scenario in the recent past, organizations are forced to reorient themselves to meet the new challenges. Technological advances, global competition, demographic changes, information revolution and trends towards service society have changed the rules of the game significantly. In such a scenario, organizations with similar set of resources can gain competitive advantage only through effective and efficient management of resources. In the changing scenario, HRM is no longer an administrative function but a growth-oriented professional function. Human resources managers have to face a number of challenges for managing the modern knowledge-oriented organizations. In the light of these, several new issues have emerged including talent management, outsourcing, performance management, online recruitment, emotional intelligence, team management and impact of information technology and communications. This book deals with various aspects of HRM in the context of globalization of world economies.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Energy Security Choices For India by C. Vinodan : Rs612 ISBN: 9788177083965
The availability of cheap, abundant and regular power supply is an essential condition for development. If India is to move to a higher growth rate, it must ensure reliable availability of energy—particularly electric power and petroleum products—at internationally competitive prices. India cannot compete effectively in world markets unless critical energy inputs are available in adequate quantities and at appropriate prices. India faces formidable challenges in meeting its energy needs and providing adequate and varied energy of desired quality to users in a sustainable manner and at reasonable costs. The country needs economic growth for human development, which in turn requires access to clean, convenient and reliable energy for all. Achieving an efficient configuration of the various forms of energy requires consistency in the policies governing each sector and consistency in the pricing of different types of energy. There is also a need for clarity in the direction in which India wants to move in respect of energy security, energy conservation and environmental concerns.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
U.s. Diplomacy In Israel-palestine Conflict by Samuel Jacob Kuruvilla : Rs1247 ISBN: 9788177083972
The US has a long history of direct involvement and activism in solving Israel-Palestine conflict. After the 1973 Ramadan/Yom Kippur war between Israel and the main Arab states led by Egypt and Syria, US adopted and donned the role of a peacemaker, albeit a biased one, that was focussed on bringing lasting peace between Israel and her Arab neighbours. This policy bore fruit in the Camp David Accords between Israel and Egypt in 1978. Israel and Egypt have engaged in a cold peace that has stood the test of time until the present time. However, the Americans have not been successful in their endeavours to bring peace, particularly between Israel and Syria as well as between Israel and the Palestinians. The present work seeks to detail US efforts to bring about peace between Israel and her Arab neighbours. The study is arranged into 9 chapters that are consecutively connected to each other and seek to provide detailed analysis as regards US role in the region from 1967 until date. This work will be useful to students of politics and international relations, both at the undergraduate, post-graduate and research levels. Students of West Asian politics will find the book invaluable in understanding the Israel-Palestine conflict and the role of US in it.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Indian Financial System by Niti Bhasin : Rs2309 ISBN: 9788177083927
Finance is the pivot around which a modern economy revolves. The financial system promotes savings by providing a wide variety of financial assets to the general public. Savings collected from the household sector are pooled together and allocated to various sectors of the economy for raising production levels. If the allocation of credit is judicious and socially equitable, it can help achieve the twin objectives of growth and social justice. The present book explains and examines at length the changes which have swept India’s financial sector since Independence in 1947, with focus on post-1991 period. The book contains 36 chapters organized into 4 theme parts. Part I, consisting of 6 chapters, deals with the history, reforms and regulation of financial sector in India. Part II, containing 17 chapters, explains and examines the functioning of various types of financial institutions in India. Financial institutions covered include: commercial banks, regional rural banks (RRBs), urban co-operative banks (UCBs), rural co-operative credit institutions, development finance institutions (DFIs), non-banking financial companies (NBFCs), mutual funds, pension funds and insurance organisations. Part III, comprising 9 chapters, is devoted to financial markets in India. It focuses on the reforms measures introduced in money market, government securities market, capital market, corporate debt market and foreign exchange market. It also dwells on payment systems, clearing and settlement infrastructure. Integration of financial markets is also discussed. Part IV, consisting of 4 chapters, covers financial instruments, particularly the emergence of derivative instruments in India. The book is designed to interest a cross-section of readers, viz. teachers and students of economics, commerce, law, public administration, business management, chartered accountancy and company secretaryship. It will also serve the needs of legislators, business executives, entrepreneurs and investors, and others interested in financial sector developments in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Trade Of India: 1991-2014 by Kulwinder Singh : Rs1292 ISBN: 9788177083941
Foreign trade is considered as a catalyst agent for sustaining and accelerating economic growth. The world economy has changed rapidly both in horizontal and vertical spectrum. The changes in the world economy have made it clear that no nation can isolate itself completely from the rest of the world and survive. The recent explosion of the information technology has generated new waves of dynamism and reduced virtually the entire world into a global village. This process of increasing economic integration and growing economic interdependence among the nations of the world is widely known as globalization. Trade is an outstanding feature of internationalization of economic system. All the factors of production are not adequately available in a country. Hence, for grafting their varied needs, countries engage in international trade. International trade mitigates the disadvantages of disproportionate geographical distribution of productive resources. International trade decidedly increases the exchangeable value of possessions, means of enjoyment and wealth of the countries concerned. For about 40 years (1950-1990), foreign trade of India suffered from strict bureaucratic and discretionary controls. Beginning 1991, the Government of India introduced a series of reforms to liberalise and globalise the Indian economy. India’s approach to openness has been cautious, contingent on achieving certain preconditions to ensure an orderly process of liberalisation and ensuring macroeconomic stability. The broad approach to reforms in the foreign trade sector was laid out in the Report of the High Level Committee on Balance of Payments (Chairman: C. Rangarajan), 1993. The major trade policy changes in the post-1991 period have included simplification of procedures, removal of quantitative restrictions, substantial reduction in the tariff rates, liberal inflows of private capital, shift towards market-determined exchange rate, focus on export growth and entering into regional trade agreements (RTAs). In view of the growing importance of foreign trade in the Indian economy, this book provides a comprehensive description and analysis of post-1991 developments in India’s foreign trade.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Agricultural Inputs And Services In India by D. Amutha : Rs1337 ISBN: 9788177083934
Agricultural sector occupies a key position in the Indian economy. It provides employment to about 65 percent of the working population of India. It is but natural that the problems of farmers are addressed with a sense of urgency. Although Indian agriculture is way back compared to the levels in developed countries, some notable developments have occurred since Independence in 1947. Large areas which suffered from repeated failures of rainfall have received irrigation, new crops have come to occupy a significant position in the country's production and trade, agricultural and the industrial economies now exert a powerful influence on one another, problems of rural indebtedness and the exploitative practices of the village moneylenders are much less, and finally there is visible in the countryside an awakening and a desire for better standard of living. Low levels of yields in Indian agriculture are attributable mainly to lack of agricultural services and unsatisfactory spread of new technological practices. The present work focuses on the quality of agricultural inputs and services in India and the Government policies and programmes to improve them. The areas covered include seeds, insecticides, farm machines, agricultural research, fertilizers, irrigation, agricultural credit, marketing and trade of agricultural produce, agriculture insurance, use of information technology (IT) in agriculture and exports and imports of agricultural products.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Black Money And Tax Evasion In India by M.m. Sury : Rs680 ISBN: 9788177083880
In recent years, the issue of corruption and black money has come in the forefront after a series of financial scandals. Generation of black money—and its stashing abroad in tax havens and offshore financial centres—has dominated discussions and debate in public fora during the recent past. Members of Parliament, the Supreme Court of India and the public at large have unequivocally expressed concern on the issue, particularly after some reports suggested enormous estimates of such unaccounted wealth being held abroad. After uproar in Parliament, Government of India came out with a White Paper on Black Money in May 2012. The White Paper presented the different facets of black money and its complex relationship with policy and administrative regime in the country. It also reflected upon the policy options and strategies that the Government had been pursuing in the context of recent initiatives, to address the issue of black money and corruption in public life. To meet the deadline set by the Honourable Supreme Court for the previous Government, the new Government of Prime Minister Narendra Modi constituted a Special Investigation Team (SIT), soon after assuming office on May 26, 2014. Headed by Justice M.B. Shah, a former judge of the Supreme Court, SIT was notified on May 27, 2014 to look into the issue of black money. The objective of this book is to explain various facets and dimensions of black money and tax evasion and their complex relationship with the policy and administrative regime in the country. It describes the factors which lead to the generation of black money, and records various estimates of black money and tax evasion. It also presents the measures/strategies that the Government of India has been pursuing to tackle this issue, especially recent initiatives and developments. The work, using simple and non-technical language, is descriptive in nature and designed for a cross section of readers for easy understanding of this rather complex branch of fiscal economics.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro, Small And Medium Enterprises (msmes) In India by Jaynal Ud-din Ahmed : Rs1287 ISBN: 9788177083897
Micro, small and medium enterprises (MSMEs) have emerged as a highly vibrant and dynamic sector of the Indian economy over the years. MSMEs not only play crucial role in providing large employment opportunities, at comparatively lower capital cost than large industries, but also help in industrialization of rural and backward areas, thereby reducing regional imbalances, and assuring more equitable distribution of national income and wealth. MSMEs are complementary to large industries as ancillary units and contribute enormously to the socio-economic development of the country. The sector contributes significantly to manufacturing output, employment and exports of the country. MSMEs, though important, face a number of problems which have resulted in their retarded growth. Inadequate working capital, lack of information to access national and international markets, shortage of trained personnel and obsolete technology are the major barriers to the growth of MSMEs in India. In the post-WTO agenda, domestic markets have been opened up for imports, creating severe competition for the local industries. At the same time, it has created opportunities for small industries to tap global markets. Globalization of the economies across the world has changed the notions of manufacturing, productivity and competitiveness. Flexible production processes and structures are being increasingly put in place to compete in highly dynamic markets where product life is short. Moreover, discerning customers—with higher purchasing power and more differentiated and international tastes—are demanding much more product variety, higher quality and greater value for money. The present volume provides an exhaustive analytical account of the functioning of MSMEs in India. It discusses at length their role in the Indian economy, policies and programmes of the Government to promote them, and the problems faced by them in the context of globalization and liberalization of world economies.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Finance, Self-help Groups (shgs) And Poverty Eradication In India by N. Mani : Rs1328 ISBN: 9788177083903
Micro finance is the provision of a diverse range of financial services and products including small loans (micro credit), saving accounts, insurance, pensions and money transfers. These are designed to assist people living in poverty who are not able to access financial services in the mainstream banking sector, because they have no collateral, formal identification or steady income. Micro finance is a movement whose objective is a world in which as many poor and near-poor households as possible have permanent access to an appropriate range of high quality financial services, including not just credit but also savings, insurance, and fund transfers. Many of those who promote micro finance believe that such access will help poor people get out of poverty. For others, micro finance is a way to promote economic development, employment and growth through the support of micro entrepreneurs and small businesses. The term micro credit, as a part of micro finance, did not exist before the 1970s. Now, it has become a buzzword among the development practitioners. In the process, the term has been imputed to mean everything to everybody. It includes agricultural/rural credit, co-operative credit, consumer credit, credit from credit unions, and from money lenders. Micro finance sector has grown rapidly over the past few decades. Nobel Laureate Muhammad Yunus is credited with laying the foundations of modern micro finance institutions (MFIs) with the establishment of Grameen Bank, Bangladesh in 1976. Today, it has evolved into a vibrant industry exhibiting a variety of business models. In India, National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) took up this idea and started micro finance operations in the early 1990s. India has adopted a multi-agency approach for the development of its micro finance programme. All the major credit institutions, viz. commercial banks, co-operative banks, regional rural banks (RRBs) along with non-governmental organisations (NGOs) have been associated with the micro finance programme. The role of the delivering agents and their interface with the needy has led to alternative models of micro finance. Several factors have led to increased interest in micro credit in promoting growth with greater equity. There is increasing recognition of the importance of empowering all people by increasing their access to all the factors of production, including credit. Several micro finance institutions have succeeded in reaching the poorest of the poor by devising innovative strategies. These include the provision of small loans to poor people—especially in rural areas, at low interest rates, without collateral—that are repayable in frequent instalments. Above all, many micro credit programmes have targeted one of the most vulnerable groups in society, i.e. women who live in households that own little or no assets. By providing opportunities for self-employment, many studies have concluded that these programmes have significantly increased women’s security, autonomy, self-confidence and status within the household.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Dictionary Of Money, Banking And Finance by Benson Kunjukunju : Rs797 ISBN: 9788177083866
Money is the pivot around which a modern economy revolves. Finance is the life blood of business activities. Banking system, as an integral part of the financial sector, is the linchpin of any development strategy. Banking system, along with other constituents of the financial sector, helps to mobilise financial surpluses of an economy and transfers them to areas of financial deficit. It promotes savings by providing a wide variety of financial assets to the general public. Savings collected from the household sector are pooled together and allocated to various sectors of the economy for raising production levels. If the allocation of credit is judicious and socially equitable, it can help achieve the twin objectives of growth and social justice. This dictionary is designed to provide a useful, reliable, readable and single source guide to the all-pervasive field of money, banking and finance. It provides simple and easily comprehensible definitions and explanations of terms used in these areas worldwide. The terms, concepts and usages are given their most common definition. Readers will also find helpful illustrations of important terms. This reference work is intended as a practical tool for a cross-section of readership. It will be useful for teachers and students of economics, commerce, law, and management, and also for bankers, corporate executives, legislators and government officials. Meticulously cross-referenced, the dictionary is a comprehensive and invaluable source of essential information.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Banking Industry In India by Sonali Jain : Rs563 ISBN: 9788177083910
The banking industry all over the world has undergone transformation since the early 1980s under the impact of deregulation, advances in information technology and globalisation. Although these developments have made institutions more efficient by lowering transaction costs, they have also challenged the traditional regulatory arrangements based on institutions. Prior to reforms initiated in 1991, the banking sector in India suffered from lack of competition, low capital base, inefficiency and high intermediation costs. Ever since the bank nationalisation of 1969, the banking sector had been dominated by the public sector along with a high degree of financial repression characterised by administered interest rates. Banking sector reforms, introduced in the early 1990s in a gradual and sequenced manner, were directed at the removal of various deficiencies from which the system was suffering. The basic objectives of reforms were to make the system more stable and efficient so that it could contribute in accelerating the growth process. Banking sector reforms have supported the transition of the Indian economy to a higher growth path, while significantly improving the stability of the financial system. This book gives a vivid account of the evolution of the banking sector in India during the post-Independence period, with focus on financial reforms initiated in 1991. The various dimensions of banking industry covered in the book include, inter alia: (a) ownership and governance of banks, (b) regulation and supervision of banks, (c) credit allocation policies, (d) customer services, and (e) internet banking.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Dictionary Of Capital Market by Deepak R. Raste : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177083859
An efficient capital market is an important constituent of a sound financial system. Capital market channelises household savings to the corporate sector and allocates funds to firms. In this process, it allows both firms and households to share risks associated with business. Moreover, capital market enables the valuation of firms on an almost continuous basis and plays an important role in the governance of the corporate sector. Dynamics of capital market require changes in the laws, rules and regulations on a continuing basis. Consequently, new terms and concepts and their definitions are added to capital market lexicon on a regular basis. This dictionary is designed to provide a useful, reliable, readable and single source guide to the all-important field of capital market. It provides simple and easily comprehensible definitions and explanations of terms used in this area. The terms, concepts and usages are given their most common definition. Readers will also find helpful illustrations of important terms. This reference work is intended as a practical tool for a cross-section of readership. It will be useful for teachers and students of economics, commerce, law, and management, and also for bankers, corporate executives, legislators and government officials. Meticulously cross-referenced, the dictionary is a comprehensive and invaluable source of essential information.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Environment, Natural Resources And The Indian Economy by Amarendra Das : Rs756 ISBN: 9788177083484
Environmental pollution is one of the major problems faced by the world community, especially in the cities of the developing countries which have experienced unbridled growth of population, urbanization and industrialization. Soil, forests, mines, water, air and other natural resources are productive assets of an economy. These natural and environmental resources are the basis of all economic activities. Economic activities, in turn, affect the quantity and quality of natural and environmental resources. Mining, lumbering, manufacturing, fishing and a host of other economic activities change the stock of natural resources which calls for appropriate trade-off between the needs of the present and future generations. India is the second most populous and seventh largest country in the world. Geographically, it accounts for a meagre 2.4 percent of the world’s total surface area but supports and sustains a whopping 16.7 percent of the world population. Environmental problems in India can be classified into two broad categories: (a) those arising from conditions of poverty and under-development, and (b) those arising as negative effects of the very process of development. The present volume contains 12 research papers—authored by experts in the field of environmental economics—which provide deep insights into the linkages between development and environment and suggest remedial measures for environmentally sustainable economic policies.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Scheduled Castes (scs) In India by Arjun Y. Pangannavar : Rs522 ISBN: 9788177083873
The socio-economic development and protection of scheduled castes (SCs) from discrimination and exploitation has been a high priority area from the very start of Independent India. According to Census 2011, SCs constituted 16.9 percent of the Indian population. In the past, they were socially ostracized, economically exploited and denied human dignity and a sense of self-worth. Women belonging to SCs are in a far worse situation by all development indicators. Poverty and deprivation affect them more adversely. In spite of their adverse conditions, they contribute significantly to the sustenance and growth of the production system of the country. Development and empowerment of SCs is a commitment enshrined in the Constitution of India. This is to be done by ensuring equal rights, access to benefits and resources and empowerment to enable them to develop their potential and capacities as agents of social change, through the process of planned development. In India, development planning in recent years has seen a visible shift in focus from the mere expansion of production of goods and services—and the consequent growth of per capita income—to planning for enhancement of human well-being. This book explains and examines the problems and constraints of scheduled caste population. Development strategy and various measures adopted to ameliorate their socio-economic conditions are also discussed.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Education, Health And Mobility Status by Suchitra S. Kumar : Rs576 ISBN: 9788177083842
Investment in human capital has been emphasized by economists from Adam Smith to Amartya Sen. It is now agreed that improvements in education, nutrition, and health of the population do significantly and positively influence economic growth and factor productivity. The position and status of women in the Indian society could be viewed by the voice they have in decision-making in terms of education and health needs of the family. Unfortunately, Indian women fare poorly, especially in rural areas, on this score. Women receive little educational and healthcare services in comparison to men. The institution of patriarchy helps to understand the intra-household altruistic relationships that create an ideology of under-investment in girls. In addition, even if education is imparted to the girls, it is often of inferior quality. Parents derive greater satisfaction from the economic success of their sons than daughters. This book provides an in-depth account and analysis of the status of women in Indian society, particularly in terms of education, health and labour mobility.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Arab Spring by Anwar Alam : Rs1607 ISBN: 9788177083958
The book, containing 19 scholarly papers grouped into five theme parts, broadly deals with social-political forces, ideas, discourses and events that have shaped the emergence of Arab Spring and attempts to delineate its broad meanings and contours. It examines the contentious issue of relationship between Islamism, nation-state and democracy in the context of Arab world and discusses the strengths, weaknesses, limitations and prospects of Arab Spring for democratic transformation of Arab societies. In addition, the book also analyzes the role of major international powers as well as regional implications of Arab Spring.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Capital Market And Financial Sytem In India by Asheesh Pandey : Rs653 ISBN: 9788177083651
The financial system of a country promotes savings by providing a wide variety of financial assets to the general public. Savings collected from the household sector are pooled together and allocated to various sectors of the economy for raising production levels. If the allocation of credit is judicious and socially equitable, it can help achieve the twin objectives of growth and social justice. An understanding of financial markets—as part of the financial system—is important as they are at the core of the transmission mechanism of monetary policy. In India, financial markets have been developed with a specific emphasis on increasing allocative efficiency of resources and promoting financial stability. Financial markets in India comprise, in the main, money market, Government securities market, capital market, corporate debt market, credit market, and foreign exchange market. Capital market plays a very important role in the development of financial system of any economy. It is a market where financial assets such as equities/debts are traded over a long period of time. Although the capital market in India has a long history, it remained on the periphery of the financial system for a long time. Various reforms undertaken since the early 1990s by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) and the Government have brought about a significant structural transformation in the Indian capital market. As a result, the Indian equity market has become modern and transparent. The equity market has witnessed widespread development in infrastructure and its functioning is comparable to international standards. It has seen significant increase in growth and diversity in composition since early 1990s.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Institutional Investors (fiis) And Capital Market In India by Kulwant Singh Phull : Rs581 ISBN: 9788177083767
One of the major forces changing the face and structure of international capital markets since 1990s has been the flow of cross-border portfolio investments—especially by foreign institutional investors (FIIs)—from developed countries to the developing economies. Portfolio investors provide institutional character to the capital markets, flavoured by highly intensive research and diversified investments. FIIs are specialised financial intermediaries managing savings collectively on behalf of investors, especially small investors, towards specific objectives in terms of risks, returns, and maturity of claims. FIIs make investments in various countries to provide a measure of portfolio diversification and hedging to their assets. The forces driving the recent change in the investment portfolio of FIIs—as reflected in the growing emphasis on equities of emerging market economies—include inter alia: (a) increased accessibility of these markets after liberalisation, (b) improved marketability, (c) fewer problems relating to thin trading, and (d) improved macroeconomic fundamentals of recipient countries. Investments by FIIs first started flowing into India in 1993. Since then, these investment inflows have been quite substantial. Policies relating to portfolio investment have been liberalised in recent years. This book provides a detailed account and examination of various dimensions, determinants, deterrents and other aspects of investment flows into India through FIIs.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Tax Reforms In India by Vaneeta Rani : Rs572 ISBN: 9788177083835
When the Indian economy faced an unprecedented macroeconomic crisis in 1991, fiscal consolidation constituted a major objective of the policy response. For this purpose, it became necessary to: (a) enhance tax and non-tax revenue, (b) curtail current expenditure growth, (c) restructure public sector undertakings, including disinvestment, (d) improve fiscal-monetary co-ordination, and (e) deregulate financial system. The need for improvements in budgetary practices led to the enactment of the Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) Act, 2003 which ushered the Indian economy in an era of fiscal consolidation based on fiscal policy rules. Tax reforms introduced by the Government since 1991 have helped to build a structure which is simple, relies on moderate tax rates but with a wider base and better enforcement. Moreover, they have helped in correcting structural imbalances in the tax system. They are soft on industry with a view to create new investment climate and make India internationally competitive. By lowering the tax rates, the Government expects speedy industrial development and hence buoyancy in tax revenues. The country is keenly awaiting implementation of Direct Taxes Code (DTC) and National Level Goods and Services Tax (GST). GST is India’s most ambitious indirect tax reform. Lack of political consensus is holding up progress and implementation of GST. This book gives a vivid account of recent reforms in the Indian tax system as a part of the on-going policy of liberalization and globalization of the Indian economy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Co-operative Banks In India And Select Countries by S. Nakkiran : Rs666 ISBN: 9788177083750
In a market-oriented economy, the terms of contract are frequently weighted in favour of persons of large means. Those who have the command of scarce resources are left free to drive a bargain with those who need such resources but are ill-equipped to compete for their possession. Co-operatives are institutional agencies for achieving social cohesion. In a country whose economic structure has its roots in the villages, co-operation is something more than a series of activities organised on co-operative lines. Basically, its purpose is to evolve a system of co-operative community organisation which touches upon all aspects of life. Co-operatives in India started as a means of ensuring, for the poorly equipped citizens, advantages which better placed persons were able to command by their own individual resources. The principle of mutual aid, which is the basis of co-operative organisation, and the practice of thrift and self-help which sustains it, generate a sturdy feeling of self-reliance which is of basic importance in a democratic way of life. By pooling their experience and knowledge and by helping one another, members of co-operative societies cannot only find the solutions of individual problems but also become better citizens. The present work explains and examines the functioning of co-operative banks in India and select other countries— including Grameen Bank of Bangladesh—to understand their role in the globalized world.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Agriculture In India by Kartik Prasad Jena : Rs671 ISBN: 9788177083804
Use of modern methods of production is conditioned by the institutional framework of a production sector. If the institutional set up is exploitative, it will discourage the adoption of efficient technology. Unfortunately, the institutional settings of the farm sector in India are not congenial for the use of modern agricultural techniques. Although zamindari system was abolished soon after Independence in 1947, it continues to exist in a different garb. Land reform laws have proved ineffective and therefore big landlords still rule the roost in rural areas. As a result of population growth, there is tremendous pressure on available cultivable land. This has led to overcrowding and hence sub-division and fragmentation of holdings. Small-sized and scattered holdings imply wastage of time and labour, difficulties in the use of modern techniques, and quarrels and litigation among farmers. The institution of money lending is the greatest curse for the poor and illiterate rural folk of India. Although the importance of moneylenders has declined over the years, they are still very dominant in providing credit to the farmers. The exploitative practices of the moneylenders are no secret. Furthermore, the present marketing system of agricultural produce is not favourable to the interests of the farmers. The preponderance of intermediaries and the malpractices of commission agents deny remunerative prices to the farmers. This book explains and examines the institutional framework of Indian agriculture, and reforms thereof, pertaining to land management, land reforms, agricultural credit, marketing of agricultural produce, public procurement of agricultural produce and related areas.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial Inclusion, Inclusive Growth And The Poor by Padmaja Mishra : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177083675
The term financial inclusion means a comprehensive and holistic process of ensuring access to financial services and credit by vulnerable and marginalized groups in the society. Inclusive growth means broad-based benefits to all sections of people. The Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) envisioned inclusive growth as a key objective. India’s Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-17) with its focus on Faster, More Inclusive and Sustainable Growth, has put the growth debate in the right perspective. Growth is inclusive when it creates economic opportunities, along with ensuring equal access to them. The concept inclusion should be seen as a process of including the excluded as agents whose participation is essential in the very design of the development process and not simply as welfare targets of development programmes. Indian economy has made rapid strides in the recent past. However, a sizeable section of the population continues to remain excluded from even the most basic opportunities and services provided by the financial sector. The present volume contains 12 scholarly papers—authored by experts in the field of finance and development policy—which provide deep insights into various aspects of financial inclusion and inclusive growth efforts in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Finance And Women Empowerment by Murlidhar A. Lokhande : Rs599 ISBN: 9788177083682
Micro finance is a movement with the underlying objective of helping poor households to have access to financial services, including credit at affordable cost. Many of those who promote micro finance believe that such access will help poor people get out of poverty. For others, micro finance is a way to promote economic development, employment and growth through the support of micro entrepreneurs and small businesses. Micro finance is the provision of a diverse range of financial services and products including small loans (micro credit), savings accounts, insurance, pensions and money transfers. These are designed to assist people living in poverty who are not able to access financial services in the mainstream banking sector because they have no collateral, formal identification or steady income. Women are typically poorer than men and have fewer options for earning a livelihood to provide adequate food, housing and education for their children. They are also the change agents of the family. Women are more likely to invest their earnings into improving the lives of the families. By encouraging women to take charge of their futures, micro finance institutions (MFIs) can impact families and whole communities. Women, if empowered by giving opportunities, can become good social workers, political leaders and successful entrepreneurs. However, the pace of women empowerment through micro finance is slow due to a variety of constraints which urgently need to be rooted out.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Finance, Micro Enterprises And Women Entrepreneurs by Rabindra Kumar Swain : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177083736
Micro finance is the provision of a diverse range of financial services and products including small loans (micro credit), saving accounts, insurance, pensions and money transfers. These are designed to assist people living in poverty who are not able to access financial services in the mainstream banking sector because they have no collateral, formal identification or steady income. Micro enterprises contribute significantly to economic growth, equity and social stability. The sector is one of the most important vehicles through which low-income-earning people can escape poverty. With limited skills and education, poor women, particularly in rural areas, find tremendous economic opportunities in micro enterprises. This book explains and examines the role of micro finance and micro enterprises in empowering women from disadvantaged sections of the Indian economy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro, Small And Medium Enterprises (msmes) For Inclusive Growth by Sarika Lohana : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177083729
Micro, small and medium enterprises (MSMEs) are the backbone of the Indian economy. They provide immediate large-scale employment, ensure a more equitable distribution of the national income, and facilitate effective mobilisation of resources, both capital and labour, which might otherwise remain unutilised. The need to promote, modernise and reorganise these enterprises is paramount. The needs, problems and potentials of these enterprises differ not just with the nature of activity, but also with size, geographical location and structure. While the sector in general lacks access to marketing and credit facilities, the problem is more pronounced for people belonging to scheduled castes (SCs)/scheduled tribes (STs) and minorities. Therefore, it is necessary to introduce social security, training and health insurance schemes for these vulnerable groups. Though Government is providing several fiscal and monetary incentives for MSMEs, yet many of these enterprises suffer from lack of modern technology, skilled labour, inadequate bank credit, and an inefficient marketing network. All these constraints have resulted in a high cost structure placing this sector at a disadvantage vis-à-vis the large industries. This book contains 8 well-researched papers, authored by experts in the field, which provide valuable inputs pertaining to the problems and potentials of MSMEs in the context of policy emphasis on inclusive growth.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Skill Development For Socio-economic Progress by M.a. Sudhir : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177083781
For the Indian economy, growing at the rate of 8 to 9 percent per annum, skill development poses major challenges and also opens up unprecedented opportunities. In an increasingly connected world, where national frontiers are yielding to cross-border outsourcing, it is not inconceivable that in the near future India can become a global reservoir of skilled manpower. Co-ordinated Action on Skill Development, as proposed by Planning Commission, was approved by the Cabinet on May 15, 2008. The action aims at creation of a pool of skilled manpower with adequate skills that meet the employment requirements across various sectors of the national economy. The approved Co-ordinated Action on Skill Development envisaged setting up of a three-tier institutional structure involving Prime Minister’s National Council on Skill Development (NCSD) for policy direction to be supported by National Skill Development Co-ordination Board (NSDCB) and National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC). This institutional structure was put in place in 2008 itself. This volume contains 9 scholarly papers, authored by experts in the field, which provide useful insights into various dimensions, problems and challenges of skill formation in emerging India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human Development And Social Security In India by Prasant Kumar Panda : Rs603 ISBN: 9788177083668
The ultimate objective of all economic efforts is human development which encompasses quality of life, the level of well-being and access to basic social services. The pattern of economic development in India since Independence in 1947 has left in its trail a variety of inequalities which have caused socio-politico tensions. While the economy has performed well in terms of growth rate of gross domestic product (GDP), its performance in terms of human development indicators has been unsatisfactory. The social security situation in India is characterised by ambiguity in policy and responsibility. There is a variety of schemes but these have been framed at various points of time and, therefore, do not conform to any overall design reflecting a comprehensive and consistent policy or direction. A comprehensive concept of living standards includes the satisfaction of basic needs like food, clothing and shelter as well as normal satisfactions of family life, enjoyment of physical and mental health, opportunities for the expression of skills and recreational abilities, and active and pleasurable social participation. This book contains 9 well-researched papers—authored by scholars in the field—which provide deep insights into various dimensions of human development and social security in India. Besides, the social security vision of the Second National Commission on Labour is reproduced in an Appendix to the book.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Wto, Trips And Geographical Indications (gis) by Tapan Kumar Rout : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177083712
Intellectual property rights (IPRs) refer to the legal ownership by a person or business of an invention/discovery attached to a particular product or process which protects the owner against unauthorized copying or imitation. The Agreement establishing the World Trade Organization (WTO) contains, inter alia, an Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS). The TRIPS Agreement, which came into effect on January 1, 1995, is till date the most comprehensive multilateral agreement on intellectual property rights. TRIPS provides for norms and standards in respect of following areas of intellectual property: (i) copyright and related rights (i.e. the rights of performers, producers of sound recordings and broadcasting organizations); (ii) trademarks including service marks; (iii) geographical indications including appellations of origin; (iv) industrial designs; (v) patents including the protection of new varieties of plants; (vi) layout designs of integrated circuits; (vii) undisclosed information including trade secrets and test data; and (viii) control of anti-competitive practices in contractual licences. Geographical indications (GIs) are defined, for the purposes of the Agreement, as indications which identify a good originating in the territory of a Member, or a region or locality in that territory, where a given quality, reputation or other characteristic of the good is essentially attributable to its geographical origin. This book contains 10 research papers—authored by experts in the field—which explore the socio-economic implications of intellectual property rights protection through geographical indications and analyze the legal aspects associated with the registration of products in the Indian context.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Globalization, State And Governance by Shaji Varkey : Rs1031 ISBN: 9788177083828
Globalization is understood, theorised and defined in diverse ways. For the mainstream theorists of the west, globalization marked the triumph of capitalism and a market economy. For the critiques of this argument, globalization facilitated a worldwide expansion of capital by breaking the legal-political barriers put up by the nation states. For some it ensued the universalisation of consumerism through transnational ruling elites. For network society theorists, the engine of globalization is the ever-expanding information and communication revolution. Governance being essentially ambiguous connotes different things to different people. The governance paradigm, that appeared in the early 1990s is not exclusively a market-based one but a mélange of experimentations like new public management, regulatory governance, network governance, participatory governance, good governance, multi-level governance and global governance. The relationship between state and governance is very complex in modern times. As a political institution—with monopoly over the legitimate use of physical force within a given territory—the power of state was unique and unchallenged for long. The state in the neo-liberal times has been hollowed out on account of its shrinking leverage. The present volume contains 16 well-researched scholarly essays which provide deep insights into the emerging political order in the world.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Thought In Islam by Sayed Afzal Peerzade : Rs693 ISBN: 9788177083699
In the last few decades, a lot of interest has been generated in the study of economic thought in Islam. In spite of several works published on the subject, not much has been written on economic ideas of Ali, who was one of the most prominent caliphs (deputies) of the Prophet of Islam. Not much is known on the economic, political and administrative policies Ali pursed and moral values he upheld even in the most trying circumstances. The present work attempts to fill this vacuum. A dispassionate study of the economic ideas of Ali makes it clear that he was a distinct precursor to several economic values, which continue to dominate even today, the mainstream economic thinking worldwide. He excelled, in both letter and spirit, to solve whenever a new economic problem confronted him. The justification, which Ali provided, was amazingly incredible and never heard before. His ideas may be rightly termed as Alinomics.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Entrepreneurship In The Globalized World by M. Sarngadharan : Rs873 ISBN: 9788177083798
Entrepreneurship is the quality of being an entrepreneur, i.e. one who undertakes an enterprise. The term puts emphasis on risk and effort taken by individuals who both own and manage a business. Globalisation implies widening and deepening integration with the globe, i.e. with people and processes abroad. The trend towards the evolution of a global society is generally thought of in economic terms and the context of consequences of the revolution in communication technologies. There is undoubtedly much greater economic integration among the nations of the world today. Globalisation has also resulted in the creation of a new business framework. More changes can be expected in the business scenario, specifically in terms of openness, adaptiveness and responsiveness. The world has been changing at a fast pace. An increasing need is being felt for a paradigm shift in the relationship between industry and academicians. Improvement in the competence of workforce assumes special significance in Indian context where low productivity is a problem of greater dimension than unemployment. The competence and dedication of workforce depends largely on the improvement in the basic determinants of quality education. This necessitates knowledge, either imported or home spun, through research. The present volume contains 14 research papers—authored by experts on managerial practices—on the changing business management practices in India in various areas.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Marketing Strategies And Management by Makarand Upadhyaya : Rs531 ISBN: 9788177083705
Marketing, as an art, is as old as human civilization. Marketing is the process of communicating the value of a product/service to customers, for the purpose of selling it. It is a critical business function for attracting customers. Financial success of any organization depends upon its marketing ability. Good marketing is no accident but a result of careful planning and execution. Marketing practices are continuously being refined to increase the chances of success. However, marketing excellence—an ever-expanding task—is rare and difficult to achieve. New forms of marketing in the globalized world include internet marketing, relationship marketing, green marketing, viral marketing, ambush marketing and a host of other strategies and practices. The present work explains and examines the latest forms of marketing strategies practised by successful firms in the globalized world. It mainly deals with the present systems of marketing of goods and services in India and the problems associated with them.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Policy Of India And West Asia by Fazal Mahmood : Rs761 ISBN: 9788177083811
West Asia, stretching from Iran to Turkey, has loomed large for the Indian foreign policy makers irrespective of its politically turbulent nature. Since Independence in 1947, India has tried to build good relations with West Asia. Both India and West Asia are endowed with vast resources of varied nature which make the relationship highly desirable. India as an emerging Asian power, with a large population and economic potential, can play a vital role in the development of West Asia. On the other end of the spectrum, West Asia has the potential to meet the growing energy requirements of India. The bonds between India and West Asia have gone beyond oil and expatriates, encompassing almost all important dimensions of bilateral relationships. The present book is an attempt to explore and analyse India’s multi-faceted engagement with West Asia from an interdisciplinary perspective. The book examines the relations between India and West Asia in all their ramifications. The academics from Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi and Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi have contributed to this volume. Research papers included in the book relate to energy security, migration, bilateral trade, diplomatic relations, India’s policy on Palestine, and the issue of terrorism.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
South Asia In The Globalised World by C. Vinodan : Rs1031 ISBN: 9788177083477
The world is experiencing strategic transition from the short-lived Post-Cold War unipolar system to a new and complex configuration of international relations. In the fast-changing global scenario, the importance of South Asia has come to be felt more than ever before, and across the world. South Asia, which consists of 8 states and more than one-fifth of humanity, has emerged as a vital region to the emerging global order due to its geo-strategic significance, growing economic dynamism, fragile state structures and crisis in governance. This book contains 16 research articles which provide deep insights into the complex and multi-faceted nature of South Asia in the globalised world. These have been authored by scholars representing the disciplines of international relations, comparative politics, economics, security studies, and political economy. To understand the new realities of South Asia, the book would prove useful for researchers, policy makers, strategic analysts and others interested in world politics and international relations.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Five Year Plans Of India by M.m. Sury Et Al. : Rs5729 ISBN: 9788177083590
Economic planning is concerned with the effective and optimal utilisation of the potential resources of an economy. This is particularly so in the context of underdeveloped countries which are striving to raise the standard of living of the masses. In fact, planning is a process aiming not merely at the best utilisation of material resources but also at the development of human faculties and institutional framework suitable to the needs and aspirations of the people. The establishment of Planning Commission in 1950 heralded a new era in the economic history of India. It makes an assessment of the material, capital and human resources of the country, including technical personnel, and investigates the possibilities of augmenting such of these resources as are found to be deficient in relation to the requirements of the country. It, then, formulates a Plan for the most effective and balanced utilisation of these resources. India’s First Five Year Plan was launched on April 1, 1951. Since then, eleven Five Year Plans have been completed and the Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-13 to 2016-17) is underway. This book provides a comprehensive account of various aspects of economic planning in India. It traces the structural changes which have transformed India from a traditional agricultural economy to a technologically strong, industrially diversified and militarily powerful country. Part I of the book contains two chapters: Chapter 1 explains the determinants and constraints of economic development. Chapter 2 describes the principles of economic planning. Part II comprises of five chapters: Chapter 3 deals with human and natural resources of India. Chapter 4 discusses the problems and issues in India’s development efforts. Chapter 5 explains the institutional framework for economic planning in India. Chapter 6 records achievements of Five Year Plans. Chapter 7 highlights the areas of concern and makes an overall assessment of the planning experience. Part III contains two chapters: Chapter 8 provides sector-wise account of economic reforms in India (1991 to 2013). Chapter 9 discusses future prospects and challenges before the Indian Economy. Parts IV to XV provide sector-wise summary of and sector-wise edited extracts from each of the Five Year Plans (I to XII) under the following 12 common theme headings: 1. Agriculture and Rural Development. 2. Industrial Policy and Public Sector. 3. Mineral Resources. 4. Electricity and Other Renewable Energy Sources. 5. Urban Development and Housing. 6. Transport and Communications. 7. Employment and Labour Welfare. 8. Health, Family Planning and Nutrition. 9. Education, Training and Skill Development. 10. Science and Technology. 11. Social Welfare.12. Balanced Regional Development. The 12 theme headings cover almost all the sectors of the Indian economy. Reader will find it easy to comprehend how a particular sector of the Indian economy was treated in terms of priority, strategy, and allocation of resources in the successive Plans. Part XVI contains sector-wise time-series data on the Indian economy from 1950-51 to 2011-12. The book would be useful for a cross-section of academic community and researchers, both in India and abroad. It will also serve the needs of legislators, business executives, entrepreneurs and investors, and others interested in the developments in the Indian economy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Sixty Five Years Of The Indian Economy: 1947-48 To 2012-13 by Chandra Shekhar Prasad : Rs2583 ISBN: 9788177083637
Prior to Independence in 1947, India was a typically backward economy, suffering from the twin problems of rampant poverty and widespread unemployment, both making for a low general standard of living. After 65 years of development efforts, India is presently one of world’s fastest growing economies. Lately, it has emerged as a global economic power, a leading outsourcing destination and a favourite of international investors. Indian economy has matured in several important respects. It is now much more integrated with the world economy and has benefited from this integration in many ways. The outstanding success of information technology (IT) and IT-enabled services (ITES) has demonstrated what Indian skills and enterprise can do, given the right environment. Similar strength is now evident in sectors such as pharmaceuticals, auto components and, more recently in textiles. Many predict that India will emerge as third largest economy in the world (after US and China) in a couple of decades. Members of the global economy, including businesses and foreign governments, have started taking note of India’s rise and recognizing opportunities for investments and enterprise. India’s massive workforce and democratic functioning suggest that the future of labour-intensive industry lies here. No doubt, India is poised to claim its rightful place as world economic power in the 21st century, being referred to as the Asian Century. This book provides a comprehensive account of India’s economic problems, policies and performance during the post-Independence period, with focus on post-1991 period of economic reforms. 70 chapters comprising the work—grouped into 15 theme headings—touch almost all the aspects of the Indian economy. The book is designed to interest a cross-section of readers, viz. teachers and students of economics, commerce, law, public administration, business management, chartered accountancy and company secretaryship. It will also serve the needs of legislators, business executives, entrepreneurs and investors, and others interested in the developments in the Indian economy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Survey Of India And Its States: 2012-13 by Anup Chatterjee Et Al. : Rs2120 ISBN: 9788177083507
India was a typically backward economy at the time of Independence in 1947. Due to poor technological and scientific capabilities, industrialisation was limited and lop-sided. Agricultural sector exhibited features of feudal and semi-feudal institutions, resulting into low productivity. Means of transport and communications were underdeveloped. Educational and health facilities were grossly inadequate and social security measures were virtually non-existent. In short, the country suffered from the twin problems of rampant poverty and widespread unemployment, both making for low general standard of living. After 65 years of development efforts, India is presently one of world’s fastest growing economies. Lately, it has emerged as a global economic power, the leading outsourcing destination and a favourite of international investors. Exuding confidence in the future of the Indian economy, Finance Minister P. Chidambaram in his Budget Speech to the Parliament on February 28, 2013 observed, “We are the tenth largest economy in the world. We can become the eighth, or perhaps the seventh, largest by 2017. By 2025, we could become a US$ 5 trillion economy, and among the top five in the world. What we will become depends on us and on the choices that we make.” India is a Union of States with a federal set up. Politically, the country is divided into 28 States and 7 Union Territories, collectively called the Republic of India. India's diverse economy encompasses traditional village farming, modern agriculture, fisheries, handicrafts, a wide range of modern industries, and a multitude of services. The Constitution of India, the longest and the most exhaustive constitution of any independent nation in the world, was adopted on November 26, 1949, and became operative on January 26, 1950. It provides for two layers of Government, one at the Central level, and the other at the level of the States. A federal polity of this kind requires division of powers and responsibilities between the Centre and the States. Hence, the Constitution describes in detail the legislative powers and functions of the two tiers of Government. Part I of this book provides sector-wise economic survey of India. The sectors covered are: (a) human and natural resources, (b) poverty and economic planning, (c) agriculture and rural development, (d) industry and minerals, (e) infrastructure development and services, (f) fiscal policy, (g) monetary policy and credit management, (h) financial institutions and financial markets, (i) labour and employment, (j) health security, (k) education and training, (l) empowerment of disadvantaged, (m) environment policy, and (n) foreign trade and investment. Part II is devoted to State-wise economic survey. All the 28 states of India have been surveyed alphabetically. From the largest to the smallest, each state has its own unique history, culture, demography, and socio-economic objectives and challenges. Hence, there are variations in their physical, social and economic characteristics. Thus, Uttar Pradesh is the most populated state with a headcount of 19.95 crore as per 2011 Census while Sikkim is the least populated state with merely 6.1 lakh people. In terms of area, Rajasthan is the largest with 3,42,239 square kilometres of territory whereas Goa is the smallest state with only 3,702 square kilometres of land. Similarly, Goa had the highest per capita net state domestic product (NSDP) of ` 1,92,652 at current prices in 2011-12 while it was lowest for Bihar at ` 23,435 for the same year. Likewise, Kerala ranked at the top in terms of Human Development Index (HDI) with a score of 0.790 in 2011 while Chhattisgarh was at the bottom with a score of 0.358, the national average being 0.467. Part III presents economic survey of 7 Union Territories, taken separately and in alphabetical order. Like states, Union Territories also exhibit diverse physical features and economic characteristics. Part IV contains socio-economic statistics of States and Union Territories pertaining to population, area, birth rate, death rate, infant mortality rate, life expectancy, literacy rate, net state domestic product, per capita net state domestic product, revenue receipts, and human development index. Information contained in this book was collected chiefly from publications and websites of various Ministries/Departments of the Government of India, Planning Commission of India, Reserve Bank of India (RBI), National Portal of India, Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority (IRDA), Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), and official websites of State Governments and Union Territories.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Insurance Industry In India by Uma Narang : Rs1692 ISBN: 9788177083521
Until recently, insurance services in India were provided by the public sector organizations—life insurance by the Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) of India, and general insurance by the General Insurance Corporation (GIC) of India and its 4 subsidiaries. The insurance industry was opened up to the private sector in August 2000. The primary objective of liberalisation in the insurance sector was to deepen insurance penetration by enlarging consumer choices through product innovation. According to Economic Survey (Government of India), 2012-13, since the opening up of the insurance sector, the number of participants in the insurance industry has gone up from 7 insurers in 2000 to 52 insurers as on September 30, 2012 operating in the life, non-life, and re-insurance segments. Of the 23 insurance companies that have set up operations in the life segment, 21 are in joint ventures with foreign partners. Of the 21 private insurers who have commenced operations in the non-life segment, 18 are in collaboration with foreign partners. The increased competition, with the arrival of private players, has led to rapid product innovations for catering to the diverse requirements of the various segments of the population. Besides, statutory commitments in respect of weaker sections of society, competitive pressures are pushing life insurers to adopt innovative marketing strategies to extend insurance penetration, especially targeting lower income groups. Insurance business in India had, in the past, remained underdeveloped with low levels of penetration. Post-liberalization, the sector has succeeded in raising the levels of insurance penetration from 2.7 (life 2.15 and non-life 0.56) in 2001 to 4.1 (life 3.4 and non-life 0.7) in 2011. Despite the recent growth of the insurance sector, insurance penetration in India remains low as compared to other developing countries of the world. The key policy challenge required at the current stage is to ensure the financial stability of the new insurers, while at the same time encouraging entrepreneurship, product innovation and increasing insurance density, especially in rural and semi-urban areas. This book provides a comprehensive account of various aspects of insurance industry in India, focusing on insurance laws, procedures, and product and pricing strategies of insurance companies to successfully operate in the new competitive environment.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Social Justice And Empowerment Of Disadvantaged Groups In India by Rameshwari Pandya : Rs1863 ISBN: 9788177083545
In India, development planning in recent years has seen a visible shift in focus from the mere expansion of production of goods and services—and the consequent growth of per capita income—to planning for enhancement of human well-being. Some of the important social problems like poverty, ignorance, over-population and rural backwardness are of a general nature and they are influenced—in varying degree—by factors like squalor and bad housing, malnutrition and physical and mental ill-health, neglected childhood, family disorganisation and low standard of living. For a long time, society has remained apathetic to these conditions, but with the awakening of political consciousness and the enthusiasm of organisations and workers to improve social conditions, there is a possibility of developing programmes which could gradually remedy the present situation. India’s development efforts since Independence in 1947 have not benefited different social groups equitably. Certain social groups such as Scheduled Castes (SCs), Scheduled Tribes (STs), Other Backward Classes (OBCs) and some sections of minorities have historically been disadvantaged and vulnerable. Then there are certain other groups which suffer from handicaps. These include persons with disabilities, older persons, victims of alcoholism and drug abuse, street children, beggars, victims of substance abuse etc. Women belonging to SCs and STs are in a far worse situation by all development indicators. Poverty and deprivation affect them more adversely. The concept of inclusive growth demands that all social groups have equal access to the services provided by public authorities and equal opportunity for upward economic and social mobility.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Globalization, Liberalization And Economic Development by Basudeb Sahoo : Rs657 ISBN: 9788177083491
Globalization is widely seen as the most important factor that could influence economies of nations the world over in the new millennium. A major feature of globalization is the growing concentration and monopolisation of economic resources and power by transnational corporations and by global financial firms and funds. This process has been termed transnationalization, in which fewer and fewer transnational corporations are gaining a large and rapidly increasing proportion of world’s economic resources, production and market share. Economic liberalization in India started in the early 1990s, and encompassed wide-ranging reform measures in the areas of industry, public finance, banking and insurance, foreign trade and exchange rate management. Economic reforms, though slowed down lately, are aimed at reorientation of the centrally controlled economy to a market-oriented one in order to foster greater efficiency and growth. India’s recent economic performance has, indeed, been creditable. However, such growth must make a demonstrable difference to the lives of the poorest and most vulnerable citizens. India has the potential and the means to secure a reasonable standard of living for all of its citizens. Inclusive growth necessarily implies concerted efforts, by all levels of government, to invest in the delivery of public services, particularly those which promote progress in social sectors like health and education. This book deals with India’s recent development experience in the context of globalization, focusing on the need for inclusive growth.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human Resources Management In India by Rabindra K. Pradhan : Rs698 ISBN: 9788177083644
In recent years, the role of human resources management (HRM) has changed from being reactive to proactive. In the contemporary business scenario, HRM plays a strategic role in an organization’s growth and sustainability and is linked with corporate planning, mergers and acquisitions, turnover and rightsizing. Over the years, HRM has asserted the importance of human assets in creating a dynamic and learning organization to successfully compete in the globalized world. HRM is a process of bringing people and organizations together so that the goals of each other are met. Technological advances, global competition, demographic changes, information revolution and trends towards service society have changed the rules of the game significantly. In such a scenario, organizations with similar set of resources can gain competitive advantage over others only through effective and efficient management of human resources. Presently, HRM is no more an administrative function but a growth-oriented professional function. Human resources managers have to face a number of challenges for managing the modern knowledge-oriented organizations. The present book contains 17 well-researched papers which provide deep insights into various dimensions of HRM in the Indian context. Authored by academicians and practitioners in the field of HRM, these papers will provide valuable inputs to teachers, students and others interested in the subject.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Islamic Banking by A. Abdul Raheem : Rs608 ISBN: 9788177083576
Commercial banks and other financial institutions are an integral part of present economies. Individuals as well as public and private institutions can hardly operate without the institution of banking. Modern banking operations are primarily interest-centric. Banks receive money and lend it on interest. This is prohibited in Islam. Since interest permeates all the operations of the banking system, the whole banking system is repugnant to Muslims. Islamic banking—as an alternative to the Western capitalist banking system—prohibits any kind of speculation, interest, and immoral investments (e.g. casinos). Islamic banks have to make a profit. They do this by buying assets on behalf of the customer, who has to repay the loan and a fee for using the asset. When the loan is paid off, the asset’s ownership is transferred to the borrower. The advantage of this arrangement is that the bank shares not only the profit but the risk as well. For this reason, it gets the opportunity to have a close look at the potential borrowers.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Climate Change And Sustainable Development In India by Jamil Ahmad : Rs671 ISBN: 9788177083583
Global climate change, being caused primarily by the building up of Greenhouse Gases (GHGs) in the atmosphere, is a serious environmental concern for the world community. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), established in 1988 by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), concluded in its Fourth Assessment Report, released in November 2007, that the fact of global warming is unequivocal and there is enough evidence to indicate that this is due to anthropogenic reasons. Recent years have been the warmest since 1860, the year from when regular instrumental records are available. India has always been subject to a large degree of climate variability. This is likely to be accentuated by climate change. As a part of voluntary actions to address climate change related concerns, India launched National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC) on June 30, 2008. It stresses the need to maintain a high growth rate for improving living standards of the vast majority of people of India and at the same time to reduce their vulnerability to the adverse impacts of climate change. This book is an attempt to explain the impending perils of climate change and underscore the need for timely remedial measures to deal with the emerging crisis.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
News Media In India by Madhuri Madhok : Rs779 ISBN: 9788177083538
Globalization has set in a new trend in Indian news media wherein the once leading news agencies are steadily losing their traditional hold on daily newspapers and slowly getting marginalized in the process. The shrinking presence of news stories from leading news agencies in news dailies is a sure indicator of the ill-effects of globalization on Indian news media. The role of news agencies, as the main supplier of news, has steadily declined over the past two decades. The present study considers the quantum of news stories from the Indian news agencies to critically examine their position in the overall news coverage, both from temporal and cross-sectional perspective. The study utilizes content analysis, a specific research approach used frequently in all areas of the media, to examine the contents of the newspapers to test the validity of the argument that the role of Indian news agencies is shrinking in the wake of globalization. The study aims at identifying and analyzing distinct trends in the world of news agency journalism with the help of data generated after content analysis of five leading dailies—four in English and one in Hindi. Four English dailies representing four regions of the country are The Times of India from the West, The Tribune from the North, The Statesman from the East, and The Hindu from the South. The Hindi daily is Punjab Kesari. National news agencies covered under the study are PTI, UNI (English) and Hindusthan Samachar (Hindi). Specifically, the study examines the quantum and percentage of news items taken from Indian news agencies both before and after globalization. The temporal axis analysis covers a period of 20 years beginning with 1985 at a five year gap, i.e. 1985, 1990, 1995, 2000 and 2005 for a period of one week each for content analysis.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India's National Security by Mohanan B. Pillai : Rs1202 ISBN: 9788177083569
Security forms an important component of the way international relations are played out. After Independence in 1947, India followed a policy of non-alignment to protect and promote the interests of the new born nation. India’s security concerns at that time revolved around the threats emanating primarily from Pakistan. China was also perceived as a threat to India’s national security. However, the age of neo-liberal globalization has added additional dimensions to the conventional threats. In the post-Cold War period, the major security concern of India emanates from cross-border terrorism. The challenges posed by international terrorism, global economic meltdown and environmental degradation including climate change are also security concerns that India has to address seriously. The crisis in the energy sector is another major security challenge. On the domestic front, India faces many challenges including poverty, illiteracy, social and economic inequalities, communalism, regional imbalances, development-based displacement etc. This book contains 21 research papers—authored by experts in various fields—which examine various dimensions of India’s security concerns and suggest appropriate policy formulations in this regard. In general, the need for out-of-the-box approach for ensuring security in its holistic dimension has been emphasized.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Policy And Maritime Security Of India by K.s. Pavithran : Rs963 ISBN: 9788177083514
Since Independence in 1947, foreign policy experts and maritime strategists have been assessing the nature of threat to India’s maritime security. After the 26/11 sea-borne terrorist attack on Mumbai, the maritime threat perception of policy makers, especially at strategic and foreign policy level, has undergone a fundamental change. With a coastline of over 7,500 kilometres, India is naturally a maritime nation. The maritime dimension is vital for coastal security, energy security, geo-strategic and geo-political developments, and trade with other countries. This book contains 13 research papers which provide in-depth analysis of various dimensions of India’s foreign policy and maritime security in a broad-based multi-disciplinary perspective. Authored by experts in the field, the papers are sure to interest scholars and students involved in the study/ research of these vital areas of national importance.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
South Asia by K.m. Sajad Ibrahim : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177083552
South Asia continues to be one of the most volatile regions of the world. Even though it has a common cultural background and shared political experience, many groups have been fiercely fighting, challenging the national governments and frustrating their nation-building efforts, such as in India, Pakistan, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, and Bangladesh. The negative effects of ongoing ethnic conflicts, civil wars, communal and political violence, terrorism, counter-terrorism, religious extremism, militarization, violation of human rights, unresolved inter-state and intra-state conflicts, and subversive economic activities are more visible today than ever before. In this context, the role of Jawaharlal Nehru to promote peace in South Asia deserves special attention. Apart from his careful handling of India’s tumultuous domestic situation during the years immediately after Independence in 1947, Nehru's major contribution lies in the field of foreign policy of the country. However, post-Nehruvian era has witnessed dramatic changes in India’s foreign policy, with South Asia emerging as a crisis region in the world. This book contains 13 scholarly research papers which provide deep insights into divergent issues/concerns in South Asia in the background of Nehruvian vision of peace and co-operation in the region.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Entrepreneurship And Rural Women In India by Jitendra Ahirrao : Rs608 ISBN: 9788177083293
Entrepreneurship has assumed prime importance, both in research and in action, for accelerating economic growth. An entrepreneur is a critical factor who strives to reorient the national strategies and bring out the desired changes in the development pattern. Contrary to the earlier belief that entrepreneurs are a special creed and are born with special traits, entrepreneurship can be cultivated through proper training and financial support. An entrepreneur is a catalyst who can mobilize different resources and put them to effective use. Women constitute the backbone of any nation. Prosperity of the nation depends upon the prosperity of its women. However, the role played by rural women in economic development has not been assigned sufficient importance. Women face gender-specific barriers in access to education, health and employment. Again, women have little control over the assets. Women are often under-paid or unpaid for their work. Their contribution to society and the economy are often ignored. Encouraging women, particularly in rural areas, to set up small enterprises is an effective method to promote their welfare, development and empowerment.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Finance And Micro Enterprises In India by Sanjeeb K. Jena : Rs770 ISBN: 9788177083316
Most people living in rural areas of India draw their livelihood from agriculture and allied sectors. However, the growth and balanced development of other sectors such as industry and services is also necessary to sustain the growth of Indian economy in an inclusive manner. Micro credit has emerged as a visible credit channel to the poor as their access to conventional credit channels is constrained by the requirement of collateral and high transaction cost. The target groups, therefore, broadly comprise small and marginal farmers, agricultural and non-agricultural labourers, artisans and craftsmen and other poor engaged in small businesses. Micro enterprises in India provide livelihood, check rural-urban migration, generate export earnings and touch upon the lives of the remotest and most marginalized people. The needs, problems and potential of these enterprises differ not just with the nature of activity (weaving, knitting, wood-carving etc.), but also with the size, geographical location and organizational structure. Not only do micro enterprises generate the highest employment per capita investment, they also go a long way in checking rural urban migration by providing villagers and people living in isolated areas with a sustainable source of employment.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Indian Economy Towards Inclusive Growth by G. Satyanarayana : Rs567 ISBN: 9788177083361
The 1990s was momentous in the economic history of India as it witnessed a successful transition of India from a controlled, inward-looking, and slow growing economy to a liberalized and open economy that has now found a place amongst the fastest growing economies in the world. Economic reforms, though slowed down lately, are aimed at reorientation of the centrally-controlled economy to a market-oriented one in order to foster greater efficiency and growth. This is being done by introducing greater competition in the economy through progressive internal deregulation accompanied by external competition promoted by foreign direct investment and trade liberalization. After the reforms, the Indian economy has been growing faster than its historical growth rate. However, the socio-economically disadvantaged are yet to benefit from economic reforms. Hence, inclusive growth—the focus of recently completed Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12)—remains the cornerstone of India’s development efforts. Inclusive growth necessarily implies concerted effort, by all levels of government, to invest in the delivery of public services, particularly those which promote progress in social sectors like health and education.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Banking In India by Ujjwala Shahi : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177083347
Banking in India has a long history and it has evolved over the years passing through various phases. The beginning of modern day banking in India can be traced to 18th century when English traders came to India. The English Agency Houses in Calcutta and Bombay began to conduct banking business besides their commercial activities. Banking in India during the pre-Independence period was largely characterised by the existence of private banks organised as joint stock companies. Most banks were small and had private shareholding of the closely-held variety. They were largely localised and many of them failed. At the time of Independence in 1947, the Indian banking system was weak. The entire banking sector was in the private sector and the credit requirements of agriculture and other needy sectors were ignored. With a view to better aligning the banking system to the needs of planning and economic policy, the policy of social control over the banking sector began in 1967. The year 1969 was a landmark in the history of commercial banking in India. In July of that year, the Government nationalised 14 major commercial banks of the country. In April 1980, Government nationalised 6 more commercial banks. The period beginning from the early 1990s witnessed the transformation of the banking sector as a result of financial sector reforms that were introduced as a part of structural reforms initiated in 1991. This book integrates and brings together the history of modern banking in India, with focus on recent developments in the context of liberalization and privatization wave sweeping across world economies.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Mutual Funds In India by D.v. Ingle : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177083323
Mutual funds are very popular all over the world and they play an important role in the financial system of many countries. Mutual funds are an ideal medium for investment by small investors in the stock market. Mutual funds pool together the investments of small investors for participation in the stock market. Being institutional investors, mutual funds can afford market analysis generally not available to individual investors. Furthermore, mutual funds can diversify the portfolio in a better way as compared to individual investors due to the expertise and availability of funds. Mutual funds in India were first created in 1963 when the Unit Trust of India (UTI), a state-sponsored entity, came into being. Until 1987, UTI was the only mutual fund in the country. Between 1987 and 1993 other entities belonging to the public sector were permitted to offer mutual funds—basically state-controlled banks and insurers. As part of financial sector reforms, mutual fund industry was opened to the private sector in 1993 and private sector organisations were permitted to enter the market and the first mutual fund regulations were promulgated, which were subsequently replaced by the SEBI (Mutual Fund) Regulations of 1996. These private sector organisations comprised both Indian and foreign joint ventures as well as purely Indian firms. This book provides an in-depth account of the functioning of mutual fund industry in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Direct Investment (fdi) And Global Financial Crisis by Rais Ahmad : Rs563 ISBN: 9788177083385
Foreign investment is a subject of topical interest. Countries of the world, particularly developing economies, are vying with each other to attract foreign capital to boost their domestic rates of investment and also to acquire new technology and managerial skills. Intense competition is taking place among the fund-starved less developed countries to lure foreign investors by offering repatriation facilities, tax concessions and other incentives. However, foreign investment is not an unmixed blessing. Governments in developing countries have to be very careful while deciding the magnitude, pattern and conditions of private foreign investment. In India, foreign investment policies in the post-reforms period have emphasised greater encouragement and mobilisation of non-debt creating private inflows for reducing reliance on debt flows. Progressively, liberal policies have led to increasing inflows of foreign investment in the country. Recently, the Government of India cleared the most-awaited reform measure, allowing foreign direct investment (FDI) in multi-brand retail up to 51 percent, paving the way for international multi-brand retailers to set up business in India. This apart, liberalized FDI norms for aviation, broadcasting, insurance and pension sectors have also been cleared. This book contains 8 scholarly papers, authored by experts in the field, which provide analytical account of foreign direct investment (FDI) in India in the context of ongoing global financial crisis.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Environment, Globalization And Economic Development by G. Rajaiah : Rs531 ISBN: 9788177083309
Environmental pollution is one of the major problems faced by the world community, especially in the cities of the developing countries which have experienced unbridled growth of population, urbanization and industrialization. The concept of sustainable development is inextricably linked with environment protection. It is a strategy for improving the quality of human life while living within the carrying capacity of supporting ecosystem. Sustainable development entails commitment, protection and preservation of environment. Protection of the environment has to be a central part of any sustainable inclusive growth strategy. This aspect of development is especially important when consciousness of the dangers of environmental degradation has increased greatly. This volume contains 12 research papers, authored by experts in the field, which provide deep insights into the relationship between economic development and environment in the context of increasing globalization of the world economies.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Quality Management by Bholanath Das : Rs666 ISBN: 9788177083415
Quality of products/services assumes great importance for manufacturers/providers in the modern competitive world. In fact, the quest for quality is essentially a search for competitiveness. Quality being so critical to products and services, it is worth understanding what it is in its entirety—its evolution and definition; why it is so important for business and industry; and how to attain, maintain and manage quality of goods manufactured and services offered? This book attempts to provide comprehensive insights into all these aspects.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Finance For Rural India by Surajit K. Bhagowati : Rs567 ISBN: 9788177083330
According to 2011 Census, rural population of India was 68.8 percent of total population. Rural development implies both the economic betterment of people as well as greater social transformation. Increased participation of people in the rural development process, decentralisation of planning, better enforcement of land reforms and greater access to credit and inputs go a long way in providing the rural people with better prospects for improved quality of life. Since Independence in 1947, the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India have made concerted efforts to provide the poor with access to credit. Despite the phenomenal increase in the physical outreach of formal credit institutions in the past several decades, the rural poor continue to depend on informal sources of credit. It is in this context that micro credit has emerged as the most suitable and practical alternative to the conventional banking in reaching the hitherto unreached poor population. Micro credit enables the poor people to be thrifty and helps them in availing the credit and other financial services for improving their income and living standards. This book is an attempt to understand the working of institutions engaged in providing rural finance and the policies of the Government for financial inclusion of the poor.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial Inclusion, Self-help Groups (shgs) And Women Empowerment by Kartick Das : Rs599 ISBN: 9788177083392
Women’s lack of economic empowerment not only impedes growth and poverty reduction, but also negatively impacts education and health outcomes for children. Thus, it is extremely important to ensure that women are economically empowered. Financial inclusion may be defined as the process of ensuring access to financial services and timely and adequate credit where needed by vulnerable groups, such as women, at an affordable cost. Self-help Group (SHG)-Bank Linkage Programme was launched in 1992 as a flagship programme by the National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD). The objective is to meet the financial needs of the poor by linking SHGs with the formal credit agencies. Financial inclusion of the women can be best ensured through SHGs. The present volume contains 10 papers, authored by experts in the field, which provide valuable insights into the importance and functioning of SHGs to ensure financial inclusion and hence economic empowerment of women.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Working Capital Management by Bhavesh P. Chadamiya : Rs536 ISBN: 9788177083439
Financial needs of a modern enterprise may be classified into two categories: (a) fixed capital, and (b) working capital. Fixed capital includes land and buildings, plant and machinery, and tools and implements. The requirement of finance to purchase fixed capital is essentially long-term in nature. Working capital, short-term in nature, is required to purchase raw materials and meet day-to-day administrative and other such expenses. Management of working capital is important because efficient handling of working capital plays a crucial role in the successful functioning of a business enterprise. Working capital facilitates the utilisation of capacities created by fixed capital. Excessive working capital leads to unremunerative use of scarce funds while inadequate working capital interrupts the smooth run of business activity. Hence, both the situations impair profitability. Sound working capital management, by optimising the use of funds, enhances profitability. It improves liquidity by focusing attention on flow of funds through proper management of cash, receivables, inventories and short-term sources of funds. While efficient working capital management can do much to ensure the success of a business, its inefficient management can lead not only to loss of profits but also to ultimate downfall of what otherwise might be considered as a promising concern. This book provides a comprehensive account of different aspects of working capital management, including, inter alia, size and adequacy of working capital, structure and efficient utilisation of working capital, financing pattern of working capital and factors influencing investment in working capital.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Fiscal Policy Reforms In India Since 1991 by S.m. Jawed Akhtar : Rs716 ISBN: 9788177083460
The external payments crisis of 1991—which led to the initiation of economic reforms in India—was the result of deteriorating fiscal situation during the latter half of 1980s. Fiscal imbalance was identified as the underlying cause of the twin problems of inflation and the difficult balance of payments position. Hence, fiscal consolidation constituted a major objective of the policy response. This consolidation was planned to be achieved through reduction in the size of budget deficit and public debt in relation to Gross Domestic Product (GDP). For this purpose, it became necessary to: (a) enhance tax and non-tax revenue, (b) curtail current expenditure growth, (c) restructure public sector undertakings, including disinvestment, (d) improve fiscal-monetary co-ordination, and (e) deregulate financial system. The need for improvements in budgetary practices led to the enactment of the Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) Act, 2003 which ushered the Indian economy in an era of fiscal consolidation based on fiscal policy rules. This book provides a vivid account and analysis of reforms in India's fiscal policy during the post-liberalization (1991 onwards) period.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Indian Economy And The Information And Communications Technology (ict) by Seema Kapoor : Rs612 ISBN: 9788177083453
India has emerged in recent years as the most preferred destination for outsourcing of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) services. The vibrant ICT industry is contributing immensely by providing information about latest technology and international business practices. Various sectors of the Indian economy—industry, finance, trade, transport, health and education—have adopted information technology in a big way. In fact, ICT industry has become India’s premier growth engine, crossing significant milestones in terms of revenue growth, employment generation and value creation. The rapid growth of the industry has been attributed to availability of human capital, entrepreneurship, social networking, favourable policy environment and entry of multinationals. This book explains and examines in detail the role and contribution of the ICT industry in various sectors of the economy of India. It provides an analytical framework to evaluate the competitive strength of ICT industry in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Co-operatives And Rural Development In India by Rais Ahmad : Rs522 ISBN: 9788177083408
Ever since the attainment of Independence in 1947, alleviation of rural poverty has been one of the primary objectives of planned economic development in India. The Government of India has been striving to improve the economic and social conditions of rural population through a host of measures including creation of productive employment opportunities based on optimal use of local raw materials and skills. It is undertaking interventions aimed at: (a) improving supply chain, (b) enhancing skills, (c) upgrading technology, and (d) expanding markets and capacity building of the entrepreneurs/artisans and their groups/collectives. Having begun primarily in the field of credit as a defensive mechanism against the usurious money lenders, co-operatives have come to embrace a large gamut of activities to serve the interests of the producers and consumers. Credit, however, still continues to be the predominant activity. Co-operatives are expected to play a major role in the distribution of inputs and services to the farmers on the one hand and in assisting marketing and processing of agricultural produce on the other. This book contains 7 well-researched papers, authored by experts in the field, which provide deep insights into the complexities involved in rural development of India and the role which co-operatives can play in this stupendous task.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Food Security In India by Shyam K. Mishra : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177083378
Food security is one of the major components of social security. It consists of ensuring that food is available at all times, that all persons have means of and access to it, that it is nutritionally adequate in terms of quantity, quality and variety, and that it is acceptable within the given culture. There are three elements in this definition, availability, access and suitability. In recent years, nutrition has been considered as part of food security. The National Development Council (NDC) in its 53rd meeting held on May 29, 2007 adopted a resolution to launch a Food Security Mission—comprising rice, wheat and pulses—to increase the production of rice by 10 million tons, wheat by 8 million tons and pulses by 2 million tons by the end of the Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12). Accordingly, a Centrally-sponsored scheme, viz. National Food Security Mission (NFSM) was launched from 2007-08 to operationalize the above mentioned resolution. National Food Security Bill was introduced in the Lok Sabha on December 22, 2011. As per the provisions of the Bill, it is proposed to provide 7 kilograms of foodgrains per person per month belonging to priority households at prices not exceeding ` 3 per kilogram of rice, ` 2 per kilogram of wheat, and ` 1 per kilogram of coarse grains and to general households not less than 3 kilogram of foodgrains per person per month at prices not exceeding 50 percent of the minimum support price (MSP) for wheat and coarse grains and derived MSP for rice. The present volume consists of 15 research papers on the subject of food security, contributed by scholars in the field. The issues raised in different papers add constructively to the current debate on this sensitive subject of national importance.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human Development And Economic Growth by Gurinder J.s. Bhullar : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177083446
Human development plays a pivotal role in the process of economic development. A country's potential to grow is dependent not only on physical resources but also on human resources. Human capital formation is both qualitative and quantitative in the sense that it involves attainment of the skills, education and experience as well as enhancing the number of individuals who possess these qualities. Modern concept of development is much more than the increase in income and output. Rather, it is a multi-dimensional process which involves the reorganization and reorientation of the whole economic and social system. It not only involves radical changes in institutional, social and administrative structures, but also in popular attitudes, customs and beliefs. Economic development in modern times is understood, inter alia, in terms of reduction of poverty, inequality and unemployment in a growing economy. Human capital formation, thus, is central to any development strategy. The present volume contains a comprehensive study on the inter-relationship between human development and economic growth, covering almost all the countries of the world categorized into developing countries, high income countries, upper middle income countries, lower middle income countries, low income countries and all countries taken together.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Energy Security And Conservation In India by Razia Parvez : Rs851 ISBN: 9788177083422
With a population of 121 crore (Census, 2011) and a growth rate of 8 to 9 percent, India is facing the critical challenge of meeting its rapidly increasing demand for energy. Energy is a basic requirement for economic and social development. Every sector of the Indian economy—agriculture, industry, transport, household—needs inputs of energy. India faces formidable challenges in meeting its energy needs and providing adequate and varied energy of desired quality to users in a sustainable manner and at reasonable costs. The country needs economic growth for human development, which in turn requires access to clean, convenient and reliable energy for all. To mitigate shortage of energy in general and electricity in particular, its efficient use and conservation is also essential. Government has initiated several policy measures to accelerate power generation and promote energy efficiency to meet power requirements of the country. This volume contains 16 research essays, authored by experts in the field, which provide deep insights into the current energy crisis in India and suggest alternative energy sources and conservation techniques.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
China And Central Asia by Krishnasri Das : Rs482 ISBN: 9788177083354
The disintegration of Soviet Union in 1991 led to the emergence of 15 independent states that were part of former republics of Soviet Union. Out of these, emerged 5 states, which are called as Central Asian Republics. These Republics have gained importance in world politics for various reasons. First, there is revisit of Great Game between Russia, China and USA. Second is the presence of huge untapped hydrocarbon reserves in littoral states of Caspian Sea—Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan. Third, the coloured revolution that has brought about democratic set up in place of the authoritarian rule. Fourth, instability in this region is conducive for cross-border terrorism especially imported from Afghanistan and Pakistan. The Central Asian Republics are plagued with extremism, separatism and terrorism that can be associated with power vacuum felt after the demise of communism and dismemberment of Soviet Union. The power vacuum, coupled with huge untapped hydrocarbons resources, has made this region a battlefield for major powers like USA, China, EU, Japan and Russia. Smaller powers like India, Pakistan, Turkey and Iran also want to stake claim on these oil resources. China has gained an edge over other contenders, as it has invested heavily in Kazakhstan, Tajikistan, and Uzbekistan. Clearly, security of China’s Western border, and its internal security in Xinjiang province, depends on peace in Central Asia.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Trade, Export-import Policy And Regional Trade Agreements Of India by Vibha Mathur : Rs1958 ISBN: 9788177083118
For about 40 years (1950-90), foreign trade of India suffered from strict bureaucratic and discretionary controls. Similarly, foreign exchange transactions were tightly controlled by the Government and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). From Independence in 1947 till mid-1990s, India, with some exceptions, always faced deficit in its balance of payments, i.e. value of imports always exceeded the value of exports. Exports remained relatively sluggish owing to lack of exportable surplus, competition in the international market, inflation at home, and increasing protectionist policies of the developed countries. Beginning 1991, the Government of India introduced a series of reforms to liberalise and globalise the Indian economy. India’s approach to openness has been cautious, contingent on achieving certain preconditions to ensure an orderly process of liberalisation and ensuring macroeconomic stability. The broad approach to reforms in the foreign trade sector was laid out in the Report of the High Level Committee on Balance of Payments (Chairman: C. Rangarajan), 1993. The major trade policy changes in the post-1991 period have included (a) simplification of procedures, (b) removal of quantitative restrictions, (c) substantial reduction in the tariff rates, (d) moving towards current account convertibility, (e) liberal inflows of private capital, (f) shift towards market-determined exchange rate, (g) gradual liberalisation of restrictions on outflows, (h) focus on export growth and (i) attracting non-debt creating capital flows. In recognition of the growing importance of foreign trade in the Indian economy, this book provides a comprehensive description and analysis of post-Independence developments in India’s foreign trade and allied sectors with focus on post-1991 period. The book contains 19 chapters which are categorized into the following six theme parts: Part I: International Trade: Theoretical Settings and Emerging Pattern. Part II: India’s Foreign Trade Policy and Developments. Part III: India’s Exports, Imports, Customs Tariff, and Special Economic Zones (SEZs). Part IV: Exchange Rate and Convertibility. Part V: Foreign Debt, Aid and Investment. Part VI: WTO and India’s Regional Trade Agreements. Besides, there are the following 3 appendices: Appendix 1: Text of the Foreign Trade Policy (FTP), August 27, 2009 to March 31, 2014. Appendix 2: Group of Twenty (G-20). Appendix 3: E-commerce. Other features of the book include ? Year-wise Review of Developments in India’s Foreign Trade: 1947-48 to 2011-12 ? Glossary of Trade-related Terms ? Time-series Statistics of India’s Foreign Trade ? Bibliography ? Index.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Industrial Policy And Economic Development In India by Anup Chatterjee : Rs2120 ISBN: 9788177083101
India's development pattern during 1950-80 was characterised by strong centralised planning, Government ownership of basic and key industries, excessive regulation and control of private enterprise, trade protectionism— through tariff and non-tariff barriers—and a cautious and selective approach towards foreign capital. It was a quota, permit and license regime guided and controlled by a bureaucracy trained in colonial style. This so-called inward-looking, import substitution strategy of economic development began to be widely questioned with the beginning of 1980s. Policy makers started realising the drawbacks of this strategy which inhibited competitiveness and efficiency and produced a much lower rate of growth than expected. Tilt towards economic liberalisation started in 1985 when Government announced a series of measures aimed at deregulation and liberalisation of industry. These measures, described as New Economic Policy, were followed by drastic changes introduced by the 1991 Industrial Policy Statement of the Government. As a result of economic reforms of the last 20 years, India is presently one of world’s fastest growing economies. In the last few years, it has emerged as a global economic power, the leading outsourcing destination and a favourite of international investors. Indian industry has upgraded technology and product quality to a significant degree and met the challenge of openness after being protected for so long. The Approach Paper to the Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-13 to 2016-17) released by the Planning Commission, Government of India in October 2011 expressed concern at the slow growth of the manufacturing sector and emphasized the need to sharply change the growth trajectory of India’s manufacturing sector by adopting a holistic appraisal of what needs to be done to improve its competitiveness. This book contains 15 chapters which trace developments in different aspects of industrialization during the post-Independence period, explain the key reform measures undertaken for making Indian industry internationally competitive and examine current issues pertaining to this vital sector of the Indian economy. The book also contains the following 5 appendices: Appendix 1: Industrial Policy Resolution, 1956. Appendix 2: Statement on Industrial Policy, July 24, 1991. Appendix 3: Year-wise Review of Industrial Developments in India: 1947-48 to 2011-12. Appendix 4: Edited Extracts from India’s Five Year Plans on Industry (I to XII Plan). Appendix 5: Glossary of Industrial Terms.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial System And Financial Institutions In India by Benson Kunjukunju Et Al. : Rs1607 ISBN: 9788177083149
Finance is the mainstay of any development strategy. The financial system promotes savings by providing a wide variety of financial assets to the general public. Savings collected from the household sector are pooled together and allocated to various sectors of the economy for raising production levels. If the allocation of credit is judicious and socially equitable, it can help achieve the twin objectives of growth and social justice. Financial institutions (intermediaries), which provide a meeting ground for the savers and the investors, form the core of India’s financial sector. Through mobilisation of resources and their better allocation, financial intermediaries play an important role in the development process of underdeveloped countries. The present book explains and examines at length the changes which have swept India’s financial sector since Independence in 1947, with focus on post-1991 period. In the main, the book deals with the functioning of financial institutions, covering the following ones: Reserve Bank of India, Commercial Banks, Development Finance Institutions (DFIs), State Level Financial Institutions, Specialized Financial Institutions, Investment Institutions, Specialized Public Guarantee Institutions, Regional Rural Banks (RRBs), Co-operative Banks, Non-banking Finance Companies (NBFCs), Merchant Banking, Venture Capital Companies, Mutual Funds, Lease Financing Companies, Hire Purchase Companies and Insurance Organizations. Each chapter ends with two lists of questions: (a) short answer type questions and (b) essay type questions. The book is designed to interest a cross-section of readers, viz. teachers and students of economics, commerce, law, public administration, business management, chartered accountancy and company secretaryship. It will also serve the needs of legislators, business executives, entrepreneurs and investors, and others interested in financial sector developments in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Infrastructure Development And Financing In India by N. Mani : Rs2057 ISBN: 9788177083095
Availability of adequate, efficient and affordable infrastructural facilities—power, transport, communications, irrigation and others—constitutes the core of development strategy and efforts. Unfortunately, infrastructural bottlenecks remain the biggest stumbling block of industrial progress in India. By their very nature, infrastructure projects involve huge initial investments, long gestation periods and high risk. Various initiatives have been taken for the development of infrastructure in India after the initiation of economic reforms in the early 1990s. India Infrastructure Finance Company Limited (IIFCL) was incorporated on January 5, 2006 to lend funds, of longer term maturity, directly to the eligible projects to supplement other loans from banks and financial institutions. Broad guidelines were issued on September 23, 2011 for setting up Infrastructure Debt Funds (IDFs) to facilitate flow of funds into infrastructure projects. Electricity Act, 2003 recognizes trading of power as a distinct activity and permits State Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERCs) to allow open access in distribution of electricity in phases that would ultimately encourage efficiency and competition. Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) was launched by the Prime Minister on April 4, 2005. This scheme is for rural electricity infrastructure and household electrification. The National Highways Development Project (NHDP)?the largest highway project ever undertaken by the country?is being implemented by the National Highways Authority of India (NHAI). National Telecom Policy, 2011 seeks to maximize public good by making available affordable, reliable and secure telecommunication and broadband services across the entire country. Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 seeks to promote value addition component in exports, generate employment and mobilize foreign exchange. Planning Commission, Government of India, in its Approach Paper released in October 2011 has projected an investment in infrastructure of over ` 45 lakh crore (about US$ 1 trillion) during the Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-17). It is projected that at least 50 percent of this investment will come from the private sector as against the 36 percent anticipated in the Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12). This book provides an exhaustive and analytical account of various facets of infrastructure development in India. It contains 32 chapters which are categorized under the following 8 theme parts: Part I: Infrastructure and Economic Development. Part II: Energy Needs, Sources and Management. Part III: Transport Services. Part IV: Telecommunications, Information Technology (IT), Postal Services, and Broadcasting. Part V: Special Economic Zones (SEZs). Part VI: Water Resources and Irrigation. Part VII: Rural Infrastructure and Services. Part VIII: Urban Infrastructure and Services. Besides, there are 9 Appendices which contain varied information on infrastructure in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Agriculture And Sustainable Development In India by Chandra Shekhar Prasad : Rs2192 ISBN: 9788177083088
Indian agriculture was traditional and stagnant in every respect on the eve of Independence in 1947. It was characterized by feudal land relations and primitive technology, resulting in low productivity per hectare of land. Agricultural policy followed since Independence can be broadly classified into three phases. Phase one, immediately after Independence, witnessed several institutional changes through land reforms and initiation of major irrigation projects. The second phase, since the mid-1960s, was aimed at increasing agricultural productivity to attain self-sufficiency in foodgrains through technological revolution and Government support for credit, marketing, and extension services. This was followed by the current phase, since the late 1980s, aimed at making agriculture more market-oriented. Agricultural sector occupies a key position in the Indian economy. It provides employment to about 65 percent of the working population of India. Agriculture being a State subject, the bulk of public investment in agriculture takes place at the level of States and the Central Government supports the States as a catalyst. The Approach Paper to Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-17) released by the Planning Commission in October 2011 expressed concern at the slow growth of agriculture and allied activities in recent years. The Approach Paper attributed current increase in food prices to below target growth of the agricultural sector and stressed the need to “redouble efforts to achieve at least 4 percent average growth rate in the farm sector in the coming years”. Though agriculture has now shrunk as a proportion of GDP to 13.9 percent, it is a vital sector and provider of livelihood for 2/3rd of India’s working population. Unfortunately, Indian economy is witnessing loss of dynamism in the agriculture and allied sectors in recent years. The sector, as a whole, has showed poor performance in the recent years. Signs of agrarian distress are visible in some years. The spate of suicides by farmers in many areas is the most disconcerting manifestation of this distress. Marginal and small farmers have borne the brunt of the adverse circumstances in agriculture. The Government of India has launched the National Food Security Mission and the Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana to rejuvenate agriculture and improve farm income. Accelerating the growth rate of agricultural production is seen as central to a more inclusive growth. The present work traces developments in Indian agriculture during the post-Independence period. It explains the key reform measures undertaken for the modernization of agriculture. The book contains 26 chapters which provide a detailed description of the various aspects of agriculture in India. In addition, there are 4 appendices to the book. Appendix 1 reproduces text of the National Policy for Farmers, 2007. Appendix 2 provides year-wise review of agricultural developments in India, covering the period 1947-48 to 2011-12. Appendix 3 contains edited extracts from India’s Five Year Plans on Agriculture and Allied Activities (I to XII Plan). Appendix 4 comprises glossary of agricultural terms. A section on time-series data (1950-51 to 2010-11) on Indian agriculture also forms part of the book.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Rural Development And Poverty Alleviation In India by G. Satyanarayana Et Al. : Rs1427 ISBN: 9788177083071
Bulk of India’s population lives in rural areas. According to 2011 Census, rural population formed 68.8 percent of the total population of the country. Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India, is the nodal agency for rural development in India. It co-ordinates, implements and funds schemes which aim at ensuring that the fruits of economic development reach the villages and the common man. Rural development implies both the economic betterment of people as well as greater social transformation. Increased participation of people in the rural development process, decentralisation of planning, better enforcement of land reforms and greater access to credit and inputs go a long way in providing the rural people with better prospects for improved quality of life. Improvements in health, education, drinking water, energy supply, sanitation and housing coupled with attitudinal changes also facilitate their social development. Various schemes/programmes have been launched for rural development including the following: Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA), Swarnjayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana (SGSY) [restructured as National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM)], Indira Awaas Yojana (IAY), Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY), Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY), National Rural Health Mission (NRHM), Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC), Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan and Mid-day Meal Scheme (MDMS). The present work, consisting of 19 chapters, provides a comprehensive account of policies and programmes for transformation of rural India. It explains the key reform measures undertaken for raising the standard of living of the rural population. The aspects of rural India covered, inter alia, include • Constitutional Provisions and Institutional Set up for Rural Development • Land Development Programmes • Rural Employment Programmes • Food and Nutritional Security • Rural Industries • Rural Credit and Co-operatives • Micro Finance, Self-help Groups (SHGs) and Kisan Credit Cards (KCCs) • Rural Housing • Rural Transport and Communications • Rural Electrification • Rural Water Supply • Rural Health and Family Welfare • Rural Sanitation and Cleanliness • Rural Education and Training • Social Justice and Empowerment of Disadvantaged Groups in Rural Areas • Rural/Agriculture Insurance • E-governance in Rural Areas.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Direct Investment (fdi) In India by Niti Bhasin : Rs1319 ISBN: 9788177083125
Foreign investment is a strategic instrument of development policy. It plays an important role in the long-term economic development of a country by augmenting availability of capital, enhancing competitiveness of the domestic economy through transfer of technology, strengthening infrastructure, raising productivity, generating new employment opportunities and boosting exports. In the wake of economic liberalisation policy initiated in 1991, the Government of India has taken several measures to encourage foreign investment, both direct and portfolio, in almost all sectors of the economy. However, the emphasis has been on foreign direct investment (FDI) inflows in the development of infrastructure, technological upgradation of industry and setting up Special Economic Zones (SEZs). With a vast reservoir of skilled and cost-effective manpower, India is now recognized as one of the most attractive investment destinations by reputed international rating organisations. The World Investment Prospects Survey 2010-12 report by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) ranked India as the second most attractive FDI destination for the year 2010 (China was ranked number one and Brazil number three). In spite of the fact that India is strategically located with access to a vast domestic and South Asian market, its share in world’s total flow of direct/portfolio investment to developing countries is dismally low. China, Singapore, Indonesia, Philippines, and Thailand attract greater amounts of foreign investment than India. With a view to increase access to Indian capital markets, Qualified Foreign Investors (QFIs) were allowed to directly invest in the Indian equity market in January 2012. Furthermore, the Union Finance Minister in his 2012-13 Budget allowed QFIs to access Indian Corporate Bond market. Under the current policy regime, there are three broad entry options for foreign direct investors: (a) in a few sectors, FDI is not permitted (negative list), (b) in another small category of sectors, foreign investment is permitted only till a specified level of foreign equity participation and (c) in all other sectors, foreign investment up to 100 percent of equity participation is allowed. The third category has two subsets—one consisting of sectors where automatic approval is granted for FDI (often foreign equity participation less than 100 percent) and the other consisting of sectors where prior approval from the Foreign Investment Approval Board (FIPB) is required. The present book deals with almost all aspects of FDI in India. It particularly focuses on current policies, conditions and procedures for FDI inflows into India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial Markets And Financial Services In India by Benson Kunjukunju Et Al. : Rs1778 ISBN: 9788177083163
Financial markets are the centres that provide facilities for buying and selling of financial assets. Financial markets have developed significantly worldwide and are undergoing constant innovations to improve monetary impulses in different segments of the economy. Till the early 1990s, most of the financial markets in India were characterised by controls over the pricing of financial assets, restrictions on flows or transactions, barriers to entry, low liquidity and high transaction costs. These characteristics came in the way of development of the markets and allocative efficiency of resources channelled through them. From 1991 onward, wide-ranging financial market reforms have been implemented as a part of economic reforms measures. Financial markets in India are getting increasingly integrated, domestically and globally. Reform measures in terms of free pricing, removal of barriers to flows and broad-based participation have yielded results in terms of fairly high degree of integration of the money market, the government securities market and the foreign exchange market, although in varying degrees. Financial markets are at the core of the transmission mechanism of monetary policy. In India, financial markets have been developed with a specific emphasis on increasing allocative efficiency of resources and promoting financial stability. The purpose of this book is to provide an understanding of the organization, operation and working of financial markets and services in India. The areas covered include the following: Capital Market • Primary Market • Participants in the Primary Market • Legislations and Regulators in the Capital Market • Secondary Market • Operators in the Secondary Market • Stock Exchanges • Bombay Stock Exchange • National Stock Exchange of India • Over the Counter Exchange of India • Stock Market Indices • Derivatives Market • Money Market • Corporate Debt Market • Government Securities Market • Securities and Exchange Board of India • Credit Rating • Factoring and Forfeiting • Discounting of Bills • Securitisation of Debt • Credit Information Bureaus. Each chapter ends with two lists of questions: (a) short answer type questions and (b) essay type questions. The book is designed to interest a cross-section of readers, viz. teachers and students of economics, commerce, law, public administration, business management, chartered accountancy and company secretaryship. It will also serve the needs of legislators, business executives, entrepreneurs and investors, and others interested in financial sector developments in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Status And Empowerment In India by Shyam Kartik Mishra Et Al. : Rs1157 ISBN: 9788177083132
According to Census 2011, population of India increased from 103 crore in 2001 to 121 crore in 2011, an increase of 18 crore or 17.6 percent. Out of 121 crore, 62.4 crore (51.6 percent) were males and 58.6 crore (48.4) females. Unfortunately, Census 2011 data shows that the sex ratio for children below 6 years (i.e. number of girls for every 1,000 boys) dropped from 927 in 2001 to a dismal 914 in 2011. This decline is unabated since 1961 Census. This gender bias draws attention to a lingering societal flaw which economic growth is not being able to correct. Gender equality is a constituent of development as well as an instrument of development. No country can be deemed developed if half of its population is severely disadvantaged in terms of basic needs, livelihood options, access to knowledge, and political voice. Discrimination on the lines of gender is not always overt. It appears in very subtle forms such as in the nature of work performed, skills required to perform the work and the valuation of these skills and the technology used by men and women. One problem more specific to women is that they are subject to various forms of harassment at the workplace. Verbal and physical violence against women has been an age-old method of subjugating them. Advancement and empowerment of women has been a leading objective of state policy ever since the attainment of Independence in 1947. Institutions of different types—Central, State and Local Governments, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), civil society and other bodies—are active to ensure gender equality as laid down in the Constitution of India. Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) of India recognized women, for the first time, not just as equal citizens but as agents of economic and social growth. Women’s lack of economic empowerment not only impedes growth and poverty reduction, but also has a host of other negative impacts including less favourable education and health outcomes for children. Thus, it is extremely important to ensure that women are economically, socially and politically empowered. This book provides a vivid account of the problems faced by Indian women, particularly those belonging to vulnerable and disadvantaged groups. It explains comprehensively the various policies, programmes and schemes initiated by the Government of India in co-operation with other agencies for the welfare, development and empowerment of women in India. The book will be of interest to those involved/interested in the socio-economic empowerment of women, including researchers, academicians, industry associations, and policy formulators.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Policy Of India In The 21st Century by Biswaranjan Mohanty : Rs1593 ISBN: 9788177083187
Foreign policy of any country is not a static phenomenon and this is certainly true of a huge and complex country like India, getting ready to emerge as a major global player in the 21st Century. Jawahar Lal Nehru—India’s first Prime Minister—provided the ideological framework from which continuities and changes in foreign policies can be dissected and inferences drawn on the ideological or pragmatic shifts. India has showcased itself not only as a matured democratic polity but also as an equally matured economy. It has stood tall and robust as a mammoth amidst the domineering global financial meltdown and an equally contagious disease—authoritarianism—in the neighbouring developing world. There is an intense support to Nehru’s passionate implementation of ethics and morality in India’s policy-making. Whatever be the nature of engagement with Nehru’s legacy in India’s foreign policy-making, that distinct Nehruvain flavour to India’s foreign policy is retained. Despite compelling circumstances like the Iraq war or the war in Afghanistan and India’s Nuclear Deal, India has striven to maintain her Non-aligned stance. Similarly, conflicts in the territories of immediate neighbours have called for a much more serious and responsible role to be played by India. Under such circumstances an intermix of a hesitant shift from the Nehruvian legacy as well as an attempt to utilise it as a marker of India’s distinct foreign policy making remains a reality. The present book provides deep insights into the various dimensions of India’s foreign policy, focusing on recent developments. It dishes out variegated perspectives on India’s foreign policy underscoring the importance of regional co-operation—especially among South Asian countries—and engaging insightfully with the debate over the Nehruvian legacy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Wto, India And Regionalism In World Trade by Jamil Ahmad Et Al. : Rs603 ISBN: 9788177083217
The creation of World Trade Organization (WTO) in 1995 marked the biggest reform of international trade since 1948. During those 47 years, international commerce was conducted under General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) which helped establish a prosperous multilateral trading system. WTO is the only international body dealing with the rules of trade between nations. At its heart are the WTO agreements, the legal ground rules for international commerce and for trade policy. The agreements have three main objectives: (a) to help trade flow as freely as possible, (b) to achieve further liberalisation gradually through negotiations and (c) to set up an impartial means of settling disputes. A number of simple, fundamental principles run throughout all the WTO agreements. They are the foundation of the multilateral trading system. They include: non-discrimination, freer trade, predictable policies, encouragement to competition and extra provisions for less developed countries. Regional Trade Agreements (RTAs) are an integral part of India’s foreign trade policy, complementing the multilateral trading system. Prior to economic reforms process initiated in 1991, India had adopted a very cautious and guarded approach to regionalism. Recognising that RTAs would continue to feature prominently in world trade, India has lately engaged with its trading partners/blocks with the intention of expanding its export market. The present volume contains 8 well-researched papers on India’s position in the context of WTO and regional trade agreements. Authored by distinguished scholars in the field, these papers provide deep insights into the complexities of India’s commercial relations with the outside world.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Co-operatives In India by Babita Agrawal : Rs869 ISBN: 9788177083170
Co-operatives were first introduced in India under the Co-operative Credit Societies Act, 1904. As in many other countries, co-operatives started as a means of ensuring for the poorly-equipped citizens advantages which better placed persons were able to command by their own individual resources. After Independence in 1947, co-operatives, as instruments of economic development of the disadvantaged, particularly in the rural areas, received considerable emphasis during the successive Five Year Plans. The founders of planning in the country saw a village panchayat, a village co-operative and a village school, as the trinity of institutions on which a self-reliant and a just economic and social order was to be built. The non-exploitative character of co-operatives, voluntary nature of their membership, principle of one-man, one-vote, decentralised decision-making and self-imposed curbs on profits eminently qualified them as instruments of development combining the advantages of private ownership with public good. Over the years, co-operative societies, apart from expansion in numbers and size, have assumed growing diversity of functions. Besides agricultural societies of all types (viz. credit, processing, marketing, farming, irrigation, consolidation), there are industrial co-operatives, labour societies, consumers' co-operatives in rural as well as in urban areas, housing societies, processing factories and urban banks. This book provides a comprehensive account of the historical evolution of co-operatives in India, their problems, policy measures to strengthen them and their role in the changed scenario in the context of liberalization, privatization and globalization.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Global Recession In Historical And Recent Perspectives by D. Sambandhan Et Al. : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177083224
In the early years of 1930s, US and other capitalist countries of the world suffered a business depression of extraordinary severity. The demand for goods fell sharply and so also the prices. Many business firms failed and millions of workers were rendered unemployed. These events revealed that something was seriously wrong with the working of the capitalist system. The financial turmoil which surfaced in August 2007 in the US financial system—as a result of defaults of sub-prime mortgage loans—blew into an unprecedented financial crisis engulfing international money, credit, equity and foreign exchange markets. It was billed by experts as the worst since the Great Depression of 1930s that originated in the advanced economies and rapidly engulfed the whole world. The present book gives a vivid account of the various financial and economic crises suffered by world economies/regions in modern times. It also focuses on lessons which governments worldwide should learn from past experiences to prevent future financial/economic upheavals.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Agriculture, Rural Banking And Micro Finance In India by Rais Ahmad : Rs693 ISBN: 9788177083248
Agricultural sector occupies a key position in the Indian economy. It provides employment to about 65 percent of the working population of India. It is but natural that the problems of farmers are addressed with a sense of urgency. Agriculture being a State subject, the bulk of public investment in agriculture takes place at the level of States and the Central Government supports the States as a catalyst. Being the backbone of the Indian economy, agriculture has all along been treated as a priority sector for the allocation of institutional credit. The low growth rate of agriculture in the past few years has further strengthened the channels of credit flow to this sector. Micro credit has emerged as a visible credit channel to the poor as their access to conventional credit channels is constrained by the requirement of collateral and high transaction cost. Micro finance is routed through self-help groups (SHGs). Over the years, SHG–Bank Linkage Programme—which includes commercial banks, regional rural banks and co-operative banks—has emerged as the major micro finance programme in the country. This volume contains 12 well-researched papers, authored by experts in the field of agricultural finance, which provide an in-depth analysis of current state of agricultural/rural finance in India, emergence of micro finance, financial inclusion efforts and related matters.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Advertising And Brand Building by K. Pongiannan : Rs572 ISBN: 9788177083156
In the modern world, advertising remains the most influential element for the promotion of a product/service. Advertising has become the most crucial and important part of marketing strategies. Attracting and retaining consumers is a challenging task in the present day competitive world. Advertising has got a different dimension after the integration of world economies in recent years. Consumers are exposed to thousands of commercial messages every day. These messages appear in the form of outdoor advertisements, newspaper insertions, TV commercials, discount coupons, sale contests, door-to-door publicity, event sponsorships, telemarketing calls, e-mails, and so on. They are just a few of the many communication tools that marketers use to initiate and maintain contacts with their existing and prospective customers. Marketers around the world spend billions of dollars every year in pursuit of building strong brands. However, in a marketing environment marked by media fragmentation, changing technology, and demanding customers, companies must pay particular attention to how their brands are prone to shortened lifecycles. This book contains 14 well-researched papers on different aspects of advertising and brand building. Authored by scholars in the field, they provide deep insights into the requirements of successful marketing in the present day competitive world.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
International Financial Reporting Standards (ifrs) And Indian Accounting Practices by Jagadish R. Raiyani Et Al. : Rs513 ISBN: 9788177083064
The objective of accounting standards is the preparation of financial statements within the bounds of rationality, thereby ensuring comparability of financial statements of different enterprises. This, in turn, provides meaningful information to various users of financial statements to enable them to make informed economic decisions. Recognising the need for international harmonisation of accounting standards, the International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) was established in 1973. It was later reconstituted as the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The objectives of IASC included promotion of the international accounting standards for worldwide acceptance and observance so that the accounting standards in different countries are harmonised. In recent years, need for international harmonisation of accounting standards followed in different countries has grown considerably as the cross-border transfers of capital are becoming increasingly common. Economic reforms initiated in India since early 1990s have led to increasing attention being devoted to accounting standards as a means towards ensuring potent and transparent financial reporting by corporates. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), as the uniform language of business to protect the interests of international investors, have brought into focus the need for reforms in accounting procedures in different countries. IFRSs have been made applicable in India from the reporting year 2011 by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs for specified business entities. The new accounting norms have posed challenges for business enterprises in terms of presentation of accounts, and accounting policies and procedures. This book explains in simple language the requirements of IFRSs and the attending implementation hurdles.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Intellectual Property Rights (iprs) by E.t. Lokganathan : Rs603 ISBN: 9788177083262
The importance of intellectual property rights (IPRs) has increased in recent years in the wake of rapid advancements and proliferation of technology. The Agreement establishing the World Trade Organization (WTO) contains, inter alia, an Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS). The TRIPS Agreement, which came into effect on January 1, 1995, is the most comprehensive multilateral agreement on intellectual property. It covers the following areas of intellectual property: (i) copyright and related rights (i.e. the rights of performers, producers of sound recordings and broadcasting organizations), (ii) trademarks including service marks, (iii) geographical indications including appellations of origin, (iv) industrial designs, (v) patents including the protection of new varieties of plants, (vi) layout-designs of integrated circuits, (vii) undisclosed information including trade secrets and test data, and (viii) control of anti-competitive practices in contractual licences. This book explains and examines the various aspects of the TRIPS Agreement and the corresponding Indian laws for its implementation.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Marketing Forms And Strategies by K. Pongiannan : Rs531 ISBN: 9788177083231
Marketing is at the heart of any business. Marketing strategies in recent years have changed enormously in view of the liberalization, privatization and globalization wave sweeping across the world. To face the challenges of the modern competitive world, marketers have become very innovative and aggressive. In an environment of cut-throat competition, only the fittest can survive. New terminologies and strategies have appeared on the scene to browbeat the competitors in the product/service markets, domestically and internationally. Green marketing, viral marketing, ambush marketing, internet marketing and e-marketing are some of the new forms for enticing/retaining customers, apart from the traditional methods. This book contains 11 research papers, authored by marketing experts, which explain/decode the intricacies of new forms of marketing mentioned above. These scholarly papers will prove immensely useful to the teachers and students of marketing and related areas.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Management Practices And Strategies In An Uncertain Era by V. Sita Et Al. : Rs801 ISBN: 9788177083279
Of late, world economy has been passing through uncertain times. Indian economy is no exception to the general slowdown being experienced by several countries worldwide. The increasingly uncertain economic outlook requires a strategy shift on the part of companies to successfully face the impending downturn. Years of economic growth have made some companies complacent, and now is the time for them to prepare for worst-case scenarios. Winners and losers will emerge during any economic change, and mistakes can be all the more costly during uncertainty. To avoid getting sunk, the first thing to know is that uncertainty is not a time to pull back and hope to come out unscathed. A downturn can actually be good for a well-managed company. For example, saving costs is one alternative to stay profitable in a period of uncertainty. Acquisitions are also one means to consolidate in times of uncertainty. Ideally, managers should know all of this before a slowdown hits, and should work with the human resources department to develop a strategy for reassessment of employees and other factors of production. Against this background, this book aims at providing a compendium of articles and literature to the professionals, scholars and researchers on issues relating to managing a company in an uncertain economic era. The 21 papers included in the volume address various issues of managing in an uncertain era in a lucid way. The book provides an excellent opportunity for all those interested to update their knowledge on the concepts, processes and methodology in the Indian context. Curricular issues on the topic should also be an added attraction to the management teachers and researchers.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Self-help Groups (shgs) And Women Empowerment In India by Arjun Y. Pangannavar : Rs572 ISBN: 9788177083255
According to Census 2011, population of India increased from 103 crore in 2001 to 121 crore in 2011, an increase of 18 crore or 17.6 percent. Out of 121 crore, 62.4 crore (51.6 percent) were males and 58.6 crore (48.4) were females. Women play a critical role in the family which is the basic unit of a society. Family is a strong force for social cohesion and integration and as such should be strengthened. The inadequate support to women and insufficient protection to their respective families affect society as a whole and undermines efforts to achieve gender equality. In different cultural, political and social systems, various forms of family exist and the rights, capabilities and responsibilities of family members must be respected. The emergence and rapid multiplication of Self-help Groups (SHGs) based on micro credit is a phenomenon that is gaining increasing importance in the development scenario. SHGs are being viewed by governments and NGOs as a strategy for both women’s empowerment as well as poverty reduction. SHGs are a conduit for routing a wide range of government-sponsored development messages and schemes. NGOs have increasingly been adopting SHGs as a strategy to bring women together, at a faster pace and larger scale than the collective building processes adopted by them earlier. This book explains and examines the role of SHGs in the socio-economic empowerment of poor rural women in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Rural Women Workers In India's Unorganized Sector by Meenu Agrawal : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177083286
Census 2011 estimated India’s population at 121 crore. Rural population accounted for 68.8 percent (83.3 crore) of the total population. A very large proportion of rural population is —either wholly or significantly—dependant on agriculture and allied activities like horticulture, animal husbandry and fisheries. According to the final report of the National Commission for Enterprises in the Unorganised Sector (NCEUS) [Chairman: Arjun Sengupta] released in April 2009, workers in the unorganized (or informal) sector constitute more than 93 percent of the total workforce of India. Unorganized sector workers are those who do not have any job security, income security or social security and are therefore extremely vulnerable to exogenous shocks. Women in rural areas are clearly the overwhelming proportion of the workforce in the informal rural economy and most of them suffer from various forms of insecurities and vulnerabilities. The present work explains and examines the conditions of rural women workers. It also focuses on policies and programmes of the Government to ameliorate their socio-economic existence.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Policy And Strategic Issues by Md. Rahat Hasan : Rs612 ISBN: 9788177083194
State structures are the dominant but not the only source of policy innovation as there is a need to consult other interests for information. Think tanks seek to provide this kind of information and occasionally play a dynamic role in identifying problems. The policy makers rely heavily on think tanks for a great deal of analytical inputs and advice. Think tank culture in South Asia is a new phenomenon as compared to US and other European countries. Think tanks in India—like Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, New Delhi; Indian Council of World Affairs, New Delhi; Institute for Peace and Conflict, New Delhi; and Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi—provide world level research facilities on foreign policy and other strategic issues. In Pakistan, think tanks concentrating on foreign and security issues include Institute of Policy Studies; Institute of Regional Studies; Institute of Strategic Studies; Jinah Institute; and Islamabad Policy Research Institute. Prominent think tanks in Afghanistan are Institute for Afghan Studies; Afghanistan Watch; and Kabul Centre for Strategic Studies. This book explains and examines the role of think tanks in public policy formulation in US and South Asian countries, viz. India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, and Sri Lanka.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Common Property Resources And Human Rights by Rose Mary George : Rs752 ISBN: 9788177083200
Recent wave of liberalization, privatization and globalization (LPG) of national economies has limited the policy options of a greater number of developing countries. The impact of LPG on public policy formulation is evident both at the macro and micro level. At the macro level, various national governments are no longer in a position to retain state regulation not only in the economic realm but also with respect to the social sectors. Macro level policies are aimed at increasing the stake of private players and the privatization drive is largely at the cost of state control. Micro level issues are sector- and case-specific. LPG has impacted Common Property Resources (CPRs) in many ways. For example, there has been a fatal blow to the harmonious relationship between state regulation and community ownership regimes. The issue of water is a good case in point. The opening up of the state regime of CPRs to the free play of foreign and domestic capital has adversely affected the interests of marginal, vulnerable and socially disadvantaged groups of society. Privatization has resulted in the reckless exploitation of CPRs by foreign and domestic private corporations. This work is an attempt to explore the multi-dimensional effects of globalization, liberalization and privatization on common property resources in the context of human rights.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Development And Poverty In India by Bhabesh Sen : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177082920
After the initiation of economic reforms in 1991, the Indian economy has been growing faster than its historical growth rate. Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-07) recorded annual growth rate of 7.2 percent and the underway Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) aims to achieve 9.0 percent growth rate per annum. However, the pattern of economic reforms over the last 20 years has left in its trail a variety of inequalities which have caused socio-politico tensions. Some States have surged ahead while others are lagging behind. While the economy has performed well in terms of growth rate of gross domestic product (GDP), its performance in terms of human development indicators has been unsatisfactory. Economic reforms have not paid adequate attention to health and education sectors. The industrial growth of India is becoming elite-oriented by registering relatively large increases in the production of commodities consumed by wealthy people. It is noteworthy that 70 percent of India’s population still lives in rural areas. India’s recent economic growth performance is creditable. However, is has not made any demonstrable difference to the lives of the poorest and the vulnerable sections of society. The present volume contains 12 well-researched papers—contributed by scholars in the field—which provide deep insights into India’s recent growth pattern and its deficiencies.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Fiscal Federalism In India by Pratibha Agarwal : Rs747 ISBN: 9788177082937
Fiscal federalism deals with financial arrangements and their working in a federal polity. In India, federalism is not only a unifying but also a levelling up force because considerable economic inequalities exist among different States of India. This work provides broad contours—including historical evolution—of fiscal relations between the Central and State Governments in India. It explains operational aspects of fiscal federalism in India. More importantly, it empirically examines the effects of federal transfers on tax efforts of 14 major Indian States, viz. Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Gujarat, Haryana, Karnataka, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Orissa, Punjab, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. The analysis has been done in the context of the use of tax effort as a criterion for inter-se distribution of States’ share of Central revenues by various Finance Commissions. The book provides an in-depth understanding of the two vital concepts of tax effort and tax capacity and the alternative quantitative techniques that can be employed to estimate them.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Total Quality Management (tqm) by Enugala Manohar : Rs513 ISBN: 9788177083026
Organizational stress has become a crucial challenge for contemporary business undertakings. There is adequate empirical evidence which indicates a strong correlation between organizational stress and total quality management (TQM). TQM programmes had their origins in the US companies in the 1980s in response to the competitive onslaught of Japanese companies in the automobile and electronics industries. Companies in many other industries quickly followed suit, as did the consulting firms to help companies adopt TQM. TQM is viewed as the continuous improvement of work processes to enhance an organization’s ability to deliver high quality products/services in a cost-effective manner. It typically involves a number of interventions like identification of customer requirements, cross functional teams, selection of suppliers based on quality, and use of a variety of technical (scientific) methods to enhance analysis and process management methods. TQM also involves a multiple stakeholder philosophy which values community, customers and employees equally. Implicit in this philosophy are values of teamwork and collaboration. There is little doubt that when implemented properly, TQM can have a dramatic impact on the performance and culture of an organization.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Research Methodology by Jagadish R. Raiyani : Rs869 ISBN: 9788177082944
Social research is an academic activity to explain, analyze, and understand a problem and find solution for it. A systematic approach of collecting, organizing and analyzing the information relating to a problem is adopted in a research. Research aims at discovering new facts or verifying old ones to analyze their sequence, inter-relationship, and causal explanation to understand human behaviour. Therefore, the basic objective of social research is to understand and clarify the behaviour of man and the various forces or factors which influence him. Once the human behaviour is influenced, this affects the social institutions. In fact, in social research, the laboratory is the society and the objects are the human beings. This book explains the methodology of social research. It is divided into two parts. Part I describes the various theoretical issues related to research, while Part II is devoted to quantitative and other techniques to reach meaningful conclusions to understand and solve social problems.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Environmental Management by C.v. Jayamani : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177082982
Environmental pollution is one of the major problems faced by the world community, especially in the cities of the developing countries which have experienced unbridled growth of population, urbanization and industrialization. Municipal services—such as water supply and sanitation, drainage of storm water, management of solid and hazardous wastes, supply of adequate and safe food and housing—are unable to keep pace with urban growth. The unplanned location of industries in and around urban areas and volume of traffic have caused serious pollution problems. All these factors have led to deteriorating environmental conditions, adversely impacting the health of the people. Environmental degradation in India has been caused by a variety of social, economic, institutional and technological factors. Rapidly growing population, urbanisation, industrial activities and increasing use of pesticides and fossil fuels have all resulted in considerable deterioration in the quality and sustainability of the environment. An attempt has been made in this book to examine the causes and consequences of environmental pollution in India and suggest remedial measures to tide over the looming threat to the health and welfare of people.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Finance And Empowerment Of Rural Poor In India by Sudhanshu Kr. Das : Rs486 ISBN: 9788177083040
In India, the micro finance initiative of National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) has passed through various phases over the last two decades, viz. pilot testing during 1992 to 1995, mainstreaming during 1996 to 1998 and expansion from 1998 onwards. Micro finance has emerged as a visible credit channel to the poor as their access to conventional credit sources is constrained by the requirement of collaterals and high transaction costs. Micro finance is routed through self-help groups (SHGs). Over the years the SHG-bank linkage programme has emerged as the major micro finance programme in the country. The focus of SHG-bank linkage programme is largely on those rural poor who have no sustainable access to the formal banking system. The target groups, therefore, broadly comprise small and marginal farmers, agricultural and non-agricultural labourers, artisans and craftsmen and other poor engaged in small businesses like vending, and hawking. The programme has been providing the rural poor, access to the formal banking system and has achieved several milestones in terms of gender sensitisation, empowerment and poverty alleviation. This volume contains 8 research papers—contributed by experts in the field—which provide deep insights into the role and functioning of micro finance institutions as strategic partners in the empowerment of rural poor.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Federal Finance In India by Ghazala Aziz : Rs518 ISBN: 9788177083019
Although India’s federal polity provides for divided governmental functions and powers, imbalances have arisen between functional responsibilities and financial resources of the Central and State Governments. This is so because revenue-raising capacities of the States are lower than their revenue needs. The mismatch between functions and financial powers of the States has occurred partly because of increasing responsibilities of the States and partly due to the dominant position of the Central Government in regard to taxation and debt-raising powers. Therefore, vertical imbalances of resources and expenditure responsibilities have emerged between the Central and State Governments, calling for transfer of resources from the Centre to the States. Financial imbalances at the vertical level (Centre versus States), and at the horizontal level (among the States) are sought to be removed/reduced through constitutional and institutional arrangements. This book provides an in-depth analysis of the magnitude and manner of fiscal transfers from the Centre to the States in India including a case study of Uttar Pradesh—India’s most populous state.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Trade, Territory And Technology by Shrinivas Tripathy : Rs572 ISBN: 9788177082999
This book is an attempt to look at the structural and functional changes occurring in the global economic system in the wake of liberalization, privatization and globalization wave sweeping across the world economies. People in developing countries have lost confidence in the existing international institutions—which are supposed to be the protectors—because at the time of the crisis they seem helpless in protecting the interests of poor economies. The institutions like International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank did not do enough during Asian Crisis of the last century. They were again not forthcoming when the Economic Crisis (2008) hit the world economies. Problems like poverty and unemployment in underdeveloped countries cannot be solved by one nation but need concerted efforts of the world as a whole. Therefore, there is a need for Global Democratic Government to make the world happier and a prosperous home of human beings.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human Factor In Free Market Efficiency by Senyo Adjibolosoo : Rs491 ISBN: 9788177082906
Existing knowledge about what makes the free market economy system function efficiently is incomplete, though improving continually. Few scholars of economics possess any idea as to what unleashes the factors that fuel free market efficiency, high economic growth, and sustained human-centered development. The lack of this knowledge has led to warped philosophical economic thinking, theorizing, faulty policies, useless plans, irrelevant projects, and bankrupt programmes. This book presents the theory and empirical evidence on the human factor foundation of free market efficiency. It demonstrates that the sole variable that underscores the degree of effectiveness of the laissez-faire economic system is the quality of the human factor.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human Development, Equity And Gender Justice by Suddepta Adhikari : Rs486 ISBN: 9788177083002
The ultimate objective of all economic efforts is human development which encompasses quality of life, the level of well-being and access to basic social services. The Fundamental Rights that India’s Constitution guarantees to every citizen include the right to life and the right to livelihood is inherent in the right to life. The root cause of social insecurity in India is poverty and that is largely due to lack of adequate or productive employment opportunities. The pattern of economic development in India since Independence in 1947 has left in its trail a variety of inequalities which have caused socio-politico tensions. While the economy has performed well in terms of growth rate of gross domestic product (GDP), its performance in terms of human development indicators has been unsatisfactory. India’s recent economic growth performance has, indeed, been creditable. However, such growth must make a demonstrable difference to the lives of the poorest and most vulnerable citizens. India has the potential and the means to secure a reasonable standard of living for all of its citizens. The socio-economically disadvantaged—particularly women in rural areas—are yet to benefit from development efforts. The present volume contains 12 well-researched papers—authored by experts in the field—which provide deep insights into the various aspects of human development in the context of social justice and women empowerment.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Globalization, Democracy And Gender Justice by M.r. Biju : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177083057
Globalisation implies widening and deepening integration with the globe, i.e. with people and processes abroad. Globalisation is widely seen as the most important factor that could influence economies of nations the world over in the new millennium. Globalisation has also resulted in the creation of a new business framework. More changes can be expected in the business scenario specifically in terms of openness, adaptiveness and responsiveness. With the growing globalization and liberalization of the economy—as well as increased privatization of services— women as a whole have been left behind. Mainstreaming of women into the new and emerging areas of growth is necessary. This will require their training and skill upgradation in emerging trades, encouraging them to take up vocational training and employment in the boom sectors. This will also require women to migrate to cities and metros for work. Hence, provision of safe housing, and other gender-friendly facilities at work will need to be provided. Against this backdrop, this collection of 9 research papers —contributed by renowned academicians—embodies critical analysis of various aspects of the core issues under investigation.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Entrepreneurship And Small Enterprises In India by D. Nagayya : Rs531 ISBN: 9788177083033
Women entrepreneurship has emerged as an effective strategy for empowering them in terms of employment and income generation. It harnesses their latent energy. Thus, women must be conversant with modern technologies and management practices in the context of the global environment. Small enterprises are the best vehicle for stimulating entrepreneurial talent and participation of women in the development process. Small enterprises provide livelihood, check rural-urban migration, generate export earnings and touch upon the lives of the marginalized, disadvantaged and vulnerable women, in both urban and rural areas. The book will be of interest to those involved/interested in the socio-economic empowerment of women through small enterprises, including researchers, academicians, industry associations, and policy formulators.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Policy Of India And Asia-pacific by K. Raja Reddy : Rs1049 ISBN: 9788177082890
Asia-Pacific region is home not only for economic power houses like India, China and Japan but also for the emerging economies like Indonesia and Vietnam. Flash points like the South China Sea and Korean peninsula highlight the vulnerability of the region’s security landscape. India—which is witnessing high growth rate—is regarded as a strong and enduring Asia-Pacific partner. India’s foreign policy is geared to meet the demands of the interdependent world whose watchwords are peace and development. This volume contains 21 research papers—authored by scholars in the field—which provide invaluable inputs of ideas, facts and figures about Asia-Pacific region. The volume will be useful for academicians, students, analysts, business executives, policy planners and the general reading public interested in seeking deeper insights into the emerging dynamics of Asia-Pacific region.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
European Convention On Human Rights by B. Krishnamurthy : Rs743 ISBN: 9788177082968
The Europeans always claim that they have historically and traditionally developed a human rights culture and adherence to liberalism. On the human rights front, they believe that they are leading by their sterling example. Several European jurist scholars have attempted to contest, criticise and challenge fundamental rights and the system perpetuated to promote and protect them with the sole aim of strengthening and reinforcing them. The present volume examines and evaluates the contribution of the European human rights regime, established 60 years ago under the auspices of Council of Europe. It dwells on lessons which Europe and other countries can learn from this experience—at once rich and rewarding—in protecting and promoting human rights. The contributions from scholars, both Indian and European, cover different aspects of this experience and its outcome.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
The Association Of Southeast Asian Nations (asean) by Otto F. Von Feigenblatt : Rs887 ISBN: 9788177082913
This study provides a structural analysis of ASEAN’s role in Southeast Asia’s regional development and conflict. Part I of the book concentrates on ASEAN’s dispute management mechanism and applies Robert Fritz’s theory of structural dynamics. It introduces the main structural factors influencing the organization’s dispute management system and identifies avoidance and consensus building as the two central procedures. ASEAN’s oscillation between success and failure is also discussed by identifying the root causes underlying the structural instability. How to overcome ASEAN’s internal organization conflicts leading to oscillation through structural dynamics is also discussed. It concludes by presenting a general overview of ASEAN’s role in dealing with regional conflict through preventive diplomacy and possibly peace-building. Part II concentrates on socio-economic development and trade. It provides an overview of socio-economic development in the region as well as some important intra-regional trade barriers. It applies structural dynamics to the problem of economic and trade oscillation in ASEAN. Based on ASEAN’s official goal of creating a socio-cultural community, Part III of the book tackles the structural conflicts present due to the region’s diverse socio-cultural makeup. The complementary processes of avoidance and consensus building are presented as the central mechanisms through which ASEAN can construct shared norms and thus overcome inherent organizational conflicts. It also presents an overview of ASEAN’s path towards a socio-cultural community through a structural lens. Part IV of the book presents general conclusions and proposes possible future directions for further research. It ties together the three parts by providing an overview of ASEAN’s future in the region’s development and conflict.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Workers In India by R.p. Yadav : Rs756 ISBN: 9788177082951
The problems of women workers in general—and in the unorganised sector in particular—deserve special attention and focus in view of their marginalised position within the class of workers. The position of women workers in rural India is considerably lower than that of women in general. The bottom layer is constituted by women belonging to the lowest social status groups. A number of national and international studies have documented the sex-typing of jobs and occupations by women. Occupational segregation represents a form of discrimination. Discrimination on the lines of gender is not always overt. It appears in very subtle forms such as in the nature of work performed, skills required to perform the work and the valuation of these skills and the technology used by men and women. One problem more specific to women is that they are subject to various forms of harassment at the workplace. Verbal and physical violence against women has been an age-old method of subjugating them. Female and child domestic workers constitute a large portion of migrant worker population. Working in the unregulated domain of a private home, mostly without the protection of national labour legislations, allows for female domestic workers to be maltreated by their employers with impunity. This volume contains 16 well-researched papers by scholars in the field of women studies. These scholarly papers explain and examine the various aspects of working conditions of women workers in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Twenty Years Of Economic Reforms In India:1991-2011 by M.m. Sury : Rs2147 ISBN: 9788177082821
Development pattern of India during the first three decades (1950-80) after attaining Independence in 1947 was characterised by strong centralised planning, government ownership of basic and key industries, excessive regulation and control of private enterprise, trade protectionism—through tariff and non-tariff barriers—and a cautious and selective approach towards foreign capital. It was a quota, permit and license regime all the way, guided and controlled by a bureaucracy trained in colonial style. This so-called inward-looking, import substitution strategy of economic development began to be widely questioned with the beginning of 1980s. Policy makers started realising the drawbacks of this strategy which inhibited competitiveness and efficiency and produced a much lower rate of growth than expected. After assuming power at the Centre, the Government of Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi introduced a series of measures—through 1985 Industrial Policy—to reduce control on industries, particularly large ones. These measures, described as New Economic Policy, coincided with the policy framework of the Seventh Five Year Plan (1985-90). The process of economic reforms initiated in 1985 got a big boost when the Government of Prime Minister P.V. Narasimha Rao announced a new industrial policy in the Indian Parliament on July 24, 1991. The new policy introduced radical changes “to unshackle the Indian industrial economy from the cobwebs of unnecessary bureaucratic controls.” The new policy was widely welcomed for ensuring competitive and market economy in place of the outmoded command and controlled economy. Many saw it as a reversal of the 1956 Industrial Policy Resolution. After the reforms, the Indian economy has been growing faster than its historical growth rate. Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-07) recorded annual growth rate of 7.2 percent and the underway Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) aims to achieve 9.0 percent growth rate per annum. On the flip side, India's high growth rate is all very well but its moral virtues—in terms of equity and environment—are falling by the wayside. In other words, the growth process must be made as inclusive and as environment-friendly as possible. Of late, Government has become complacent in introducing further reforms. Opening up retail sector to foreigners, implementation of infrastructure projects, flexible labour laws and implementation of National Level Goods and Services Tax (GST) are some of the key reform measures being awaited keenly. This book provides a comprehensive account and assessment of reform measures introduced in various sectors of the Indian economy during the last 20 years (1991-2011). The sectors covered include agriculture, rural development, industry, minerals, infrastructure, energy, fiscal policy, monetary policy, credit management, financial institutions, financial markets, financial instruments, labour laws, employment generation, health, education, empowerment of disadvantaged and vulnerable groups, environment, disaster management, climate change, foreign trade, foreign debt/aid and foreign investment.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Laws, Regulations And Procedures In India by Chandra S. Prasad : Rs1593 ISBN: 9788177082814
Economic reforms in India were set in motion, though on a modest scale, when controls on industries were reduced by the 1985 industrial policy. Economic liberalization programme got a big boost when the Government announced a new industrial policy in the Indian Parliament on July 24, 1991. Reform measures of the last two decades have included delicensing of most industries, deregulation of industries earlier monopolized by the public sector, liberalization of foreign trade through a gradual reduction of import duties, and freeing up of the foreign investment limits in nearly all industries. These measures have pulled the economy from a low level equilibrium trap to a strong, vibrant and fast-growing economy, which is rapidly integrating with the world economy. Apart from the Central Government, many State Governments have also initiated significant procedural and policy reforms to promote foreign investment and encourage domestic private participation in the development of their respective States. While the incentive package varies from State to State depending upon their investment priorities, some common features are discernible. These include development of industrial estates, removing artificial barriers within States, decentralisation of decision-making, time-bound clearance of projects, investment subsidy, exemption/deferment of sales tax and power tariff concessions. India has emerged as an investment-friendly country, both for domestic and foreign investors. Prior to reforms, foreign investment was allowed generally in areas of hi-tech, sophisticated technologies and substantial exports. Government has now established a more liberalised foreign investment policy as a part of the new industrial policy announced in July 1991. According to the much-publicised Goldman Sachs BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) Report, India is predicted to become the third largest economy in the world, after China and USA, by the year 2050, overtaking all other developed economies. An understanding of current laws, regulations and procedures as applicable to different sectors of the Indian economy is essential for present and prospective entrepreneurs/investors in India and abroad. This book is designed to serve this purpose.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Money, Banking And Finance In India by R.k. Uppal : Rs1697 ISBN: 9788177082722
Money, banking and finance are at the heart of an economic system. A modern economy, characterised by acute specialisation and exchange, is unthinkable without money, banking institutions, financial markets and financial instruments. The present work provides a fairly exhaustive account of the evolution and present structure of monetary, banking and financial system of India, with focus on post-1991 period. The book is organized into three parts. Part I of the book deals with forms and functions of money (including e-money), role of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in monetary and credit management, and the evolution of monetary policy in India since Independence in 1947, focusing on post-liberalisation (1991 onward) period. Part II describes and critically examines the functioning of various banking institutions in India, covering commercial banks, regional rural banks, urban co-operative banks, rural co-operative credit institutions, and development banks. Apart from these regular banking institutions, a number of other financial organizations play a significant role in the Indian financial system. Among them, the following three are also covered in this part of the book: non-banking financial companies, mutual funds and insurance organizations. Part III begins with the role of financial system in economic development. It traces the evolution of India’s financial system since Independence and explains its present structure. It focuses on the reform measures introduced in money market, government securities market, capital market, corporate debt market, credit market, and foreign exchange market. It also dwells on payment, clearing and settlement systems, integration of financial markets, and emergence of financial derivatives in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Banking System In India by S.m. Jawed Akhtar : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177082838
Prior to economic reforms initiated in early 1990s, the banking sector in India suffered from lack of competition, low capital base, inefficiency and high intermediation costs. The banking industry—dominated by the public sector—was subject to a high degree of financial repression, characterized by administered interest rates and allocated credit. Reforms in the commercial banking sector had two distinct phases. The first phase of reforms—introduced subsequent to the release of the Report of the Committee on Financial System (Chairman: M. Narasimham), 1992—focussed mainly on enabling and strengthening measures. The second phase of reforms—introduced subsequent to the recommendations of the Committee on Banking Sector Reforms (Chairman: M. Narasimham), 1998—placed greater emphasis on structural measures and improvement in standards of disclosure and levels of transparency in order to align the Indian standards with international best practices. Reforms have brought about considerable improvements as reflected in various parameters relating to capital adequacy, asset quality, profitability and operational efficiency. Although commercial banks still face the problem of overhang of non-performing assets (NPAs), high spread and low profitability in comparison with banks in other emerging market economies, reforms have been successful in enhancing the performance of commercial banks in terms of both stability and efficiency parameters.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Employment Policy And Labour Welfare In India by K. Mariappan : Rs1238 ISBN: 9788177082746
As in other developing countries, unemployment is a serious problem of the Indian economy. The poverty of the masses in India is closely related to the problem of unemployment. Hence, expansion of employment opportunities has been an important objective of development planning in India. There has been a significant growth in employment during successive Five Year Plans. However, a relatively higher growth of population and labour force has led to an increase in the volume of unemployment from one plan period to another. Consistent with the approach for an employment-centred development strategy, public employment programmes are an integral part of planning and policy, the important ones being the following: Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA), 2005; Swarnjayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana (SGSY) and Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rojgar Yojana (SJSRY). According to the final report of the National Commission for Enterprises in the Unorganized Sector (NCEUS) [Chairman: Arjun Sengupta] released in April 2009, workers in the unorganized (or informal) sector constitute more than 93 percent of the total workforce of India. Unorganized sector workers are those who do not have any job security, income security or social security and are therefore extremely vulnerable to exogenous shocks. Agricultural workers constitute by far the largest segment in the unorganized sector. They are extremely vulnerable to exploitation on account of low level of literacy, lack of awareness, persistent social backwardness and absence of unionisation and other forms of viable organisation. Further, the high rates of migration, because of the seasonality of operations and lack of stability of employment, subject them to all sorts of hazards and exploitation. Similarly, society being male-dominated, female labour receives very poor recognition or value in India. Although the Constitution of India provides equal rights and opportunities to both the genders—and there are specific provisions for protection and welfare of working women in many of the labour laws—yet most of these statutes do not cover the units in small and informal sectors which are the predominant workplaces of women. The problems of child labourers are more complex and intertwined with the twin issues of poverty and lack of access to quality school education. It is also not rare to find situations when a child worker is a migrant and bonded to the employer. The susceptibility of such child workers to exploitation is the greatest. This book provides a comprehensive account of employment and labour related policies and issues in India. It covers the following areas: demographic trends, unemployment estimates, employment policies and programmes, labour laws, social security, unorganized sector workers, agricultural workers and forced/bonded labourers, women workers, child labour, industrial sickness, industrial relations and Indian labour in relation to ILO, WTO and globalization.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Microfinance In India by S.m. Feroze : Rs509 ISBN: 9788177082852
In recent years, microfinance in India has emerged as the most suitable and practical alternative to conventional banking in reaching the hitherto unreached poor population. Microfinance enables the poor people to be thrifty and helps them in availing the credit and other financial services for improving their income and living standards. The Self-help Group (SHG)-Bank Linkage Programme was formally launched in 1992 as a flagship programme by National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) and aptly supported by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) through its policy support. The programme envisages organisation of the rural poor into SHGs for building their capacities to manage their own finances and then negotiate bank credit on commercial terms. The poor are encouraged to voluntarily come together to save small amounts regularly and extend micro loans among themselves. Once the group attains required maturity of handling larger resources, the bank credit follows. This book explains the concepts associated with microfinance, traces its progress and performance and examines the role of government agencies in its promotion. It also highlights the role of microfinance in the economic empowerment of women and as a tool of financial inclusion. A case study of microfinance in Haryana (a relatively developed state of North India) also forms part of the book.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Empowerment Through Self-help Groups (shgs) by A. Abdul Raheem : Rs441 ISBN: 9788177082876
Advancement and empowerment of women has been a leading objective of state policy ever since the attainment of Independence in 1947. Institutions of different types—Central, State and Local Governments, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), civil society and other bodies—are active to ensure gender equality as laid down in the Constitution of India. The underway Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) of India recognizes women, for the first time, not just as equal citizens but as agents of economic and social growth. The Plan’s approach to gender equity is based on the recognition that interventions in favour of women must be multi-pronged and that they must be provided with basic entitlements. Self-help Groups (SHGs) have emerged as an effective instrument to promote entrepreneurship and self-confidence among women, particularly in rural areas. The Self-help Group (SHG)-Bank Linkage Programme, since 1992 has become a well-known tool for bankers, developmental agencies and even for corporate houses. This book provides a vivid account of the various measures taken by the Government of India for the economic, social and political empowerment of women. More importantly, it examines the role of SHGs in women’s development, thereby envisaging a synthesis of formal financial system and informal sector.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Capital Market In India by Deepak R. Raste : Rs590 ISBN: 9788177082869
Prior to the onset of reforms in 1991, capital market structure in India was subject to several controls and opaque procedures. The trading and settlement system was outdated and not in tune with international practices. Raising of capital from the securities market was regulated by the Capital Issues (Control) Act, 1947. Under it, companies were required to obtain approval from the Controller of Capital Issues for raising funds in the market. In 1992, the Capital Issues (Control) Act, 1947 was repealed and with this ended all controls relating to raising of funds from the market. Issuers of capital, however, are required to meet the guidelines of Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) on disclosures and protection of investors. As part of the capital market reforms, regulatory authorities in India?Government of India, SEBI, Reserve Bank of India (RBI), Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT)?have been quite active in governing and watching matters related to capital issues. Indian companies have also tapped new sources of domestic and international equity/debt to redesign and strengthen their capital structure. This book gives a vivid account of capital market reforms in India since early 1990s. More importantly, it analyzes the impact of regulatory policy changes on capital structure of Indian companies.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Recession, Globalization And The Indian Economy by Meenu Agrawal : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177082883
India's integration into the world economy since the initiation of economic reforms in 1991 has been remarkably rapid. Hence, Indian economy cannot remain insulated from global economic trends. Beginning mid-September 2008, the Indian economy came under pressure owing to the knock-on effects of the global financial crisis which later on turned into economic recession in most developed countries of the world. The contagion was initially felt in the equity markets due to the reversal of foreign institutional portfolio flows. With sharp tightening of global liquidity, Indian banks and corporates saw their overseas financing drying up. The response of the Government of India, Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) was swift and adequate. Resultantly, India could tide over the adverse situation successfully. This volume contains 13 research articles—authored by scholars on economic policy matters—which provide deep insights into the origin, causes and impacts of global economic recession. Remedial measures adopted by governments worldwide including India are also discussed.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Trade Liberalization And Industrial Productivity In India by Kirtti Ranjan Paltasingh : Rs504 ISBN: 9788177082845
India started liberalizing its economy in general, and its industrial sector in particular, from early 1990s. One of the objectives of liberalization was to make Indian industries more efficient, productive and competitive in the global market. Toward this end, the Government of India pursued three sets of reforms: (a) disbanding the complex network of industrial licensing, industrial controls and permit system, (b) liberalizing foreign trade and currency transactions and (c) initiating steps to encourage foreign investment inflows, preferably foreign direct investment (FDI). The new Foreign Trade Policy, 2009-2014 announced on August 27, 2009, aims to achieve an annual export growth of 15 percent with an annual export target of US$ 200 billion by March 2011. This book examines the impact of trade liberalization policy on the growth and productivity of manufacturing sector.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Environmental Status And Policy In India by V.s. Ganesmaurthy : Rs1143 ISBN: 9788177082708
Environmental pollution is one of the major problems faced by the world community, especially in the cities of the developing countries which have experienced unbridled growth of population, urbanization and industrialization. Municipal services—such as water supply and sanitation, drainage of storm water, management of solid and hazardous wastes, supply of adequate and safe food and housing—are unable to keep pace with urban growth. The unplanned location of industries in and around urban areas and volume of traffic have caused serious pollution problems. All these factors have led to deteriorating environmental conditions, adversely impacting the health of the people. Environmental degradation in India has been caused by a variety of social, economic, institutional and technological factors. Rapidly growing population, urbanisation, industrial activities and increasing use of pesticides and fossil fuels have all resulted in considerable deterioration in the quality and sustainability of the environment. There are other serious and more insidious consequences for human health arising through poorly planned developmental activities. In particular, there is the whole range of tropical, communicable diseases—such as malaria, filariasis, dengue, guinea worm, Japanese encephalitis etc.—that are becoming more widespread due to the creation of favourable environmental conditions for the pathogens. The majority of the breeding places of these disease-vectors are created by man in the form of stagnant ponds, burrow pits and ditches. The Planning Commission of India has identified Twelve Strategy Challenges for the Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-2017) which refer to some core areas that require new approaches to produce the desired results. Managing the Environment and Ecology is one of these challenges with the following 5 components: (a) land, mining, and forest rights, (b) mitigation and adaptation strategy for climate change, (c) waste management and pollution abatement, (d) degradation of forests and loss of biodiversity and (e) issues of environment sustainability. This book provides an exhaustive account of environmental problems in India and the attending consequences. Policies and programmes of the Government of India to arrest environmental degradation and ensure green growth are also discussed. Areas covered include (a) environment and development, (b) legal provisions and institutional framework for environmental protection, (c) recent policy initiatives for environmental protection, (d) land and soil degradation, (e) water resources and pollution, (f) air and noise pollution, (g) forest resources and conservation, (h) mineral exploration/exploitation and environment, (i) protection of biological diversity of India, (j) urbanization and environment, (k) rural development and environment, (l) disaster mitigation and management and (m) global climate change and India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Mineral Resources And Policy In India by K. Narindar Jetli : Rs788 ISBN: 9788177082685
India is endowed with huge resources of many metallic and non-metallic minerals. Mining sector is an important segment of the Indian economy. Since Independence in 1947, there has been a pronounced growth in mineral production, both in terms of quantity and value. Though India is a resource rich country, its mining potential has been explored much less than other comparably endowed countries. Although several steps have been taken with a view to attracting private investment for exploration of mineral deposits and operation of mines, actual investment in this area has been very meagre because of procedural hassles and numerous discretionary provisions in the laws, which discourage prospective investors. To enhance the indigenous mineral production, extensive and intensive exploration is required. An enabling environment must be created to attract new investments through private sector participation including foreign direct investment. The on-going Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) aims at intensification of exploration activities for low volume high value minerals such as gold, diamond, base metals and the platinum group of minerals, and efforts towards augmentation of resources of ferrous, non ferrous, and industrial minerals. These objectives are to be achieved by encouraging private sector investment in exploration. Other objectives of the Eleventh Plan include (a) restructuring and modernisation of the Geological Survey of India (GSI), (b) upgradation of the functioning of the Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM), (c) adoption of United Nations Framework Classification (UNFC) system for classification of mineral resources and (d) development of minerals in the North-Eastern region. The present work provides a fairly comprehensive description and analysis of activities in all aspects of mining in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Education, Training And Skill Development In India by Rameshwari Pandya : Rs1764 ISBN: 9788177082739
The year 2010 was a landmark for education in India as the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education (RTE), Act, 2009 was enforced with effect from April 1, 2010. RTE Act, 2009, representing the consequential legislation to the Constitution (Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act, 2002, secures the right of children to free and compulsory education till completion of elementary education in a neighbourhood school. RTE Act, 2009 lays down norms and standards relating to pupil teacher ratios, buildings and infrastructure, school working days and working hours of teachers. Education has been a thrust sector ever since India attained Independence in 1947. Right from the launching of First Five Year Plan (1951-56), the crucial role of education in economic and social development has been recognised and emphasised. In India, within the education sector, elementary education has been given the highest priority in terms of sub-sectoral allocations and the number of schemes launched by the Central Government to meet the needs of the educationally disadvantaged. Launched in November 2000, Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) is a comprehensive programme and the main vehicle for providing elementary education to all children. With the expansion of elementary education, an increasing number of students reach the secondary stage. The year 2008-09 was a momentous year for secondary education in India when a new Centrally-sponsored scheme to universalise education at secondary stage was launched. Vocational education remains within the broader school curriculum and involves provision of specific skills to increase the employability of the students on completion of formal education. Higher education is of vital importance for the country in consolidating its comparative advantage in skill- and knowledge-intensive services and in building a knowledge-based society. The investment made in higher education over the years has given the country a strong knowledge base in many fields and contributed significantly to economic development, social progress and political democracy in independent India. Adult literacy and further education of the literates is as vital an area as universal elementary education. Total Literacy Campaign (TLC) has been the principal strategy of National Literacy Mission (NLM) for eradication of illiteracy in the target group. For Indian economy, growing at the rate of 8 to 9 percent, skill development poses major challenges and also opens up unprecedented doors of opportunity. Co-ordinated action on skill development as proposed by Planning Commission was approved by the Cabinet on May 15, 2008. The approved Co-ordinated Action on Skill Development envisaged setting up of a three-tier institutional structure involving Prime Minister’s National Council on Skill Development for policy direction to be supported by National Skill Development Co-ordination Board and National Skill Development Corporation. The institutional structure was put in place in 2008 itself. This book provides a comprehensive introduction on current status of education, training and skill development in India. More importantly, it contains Plan-wise documentation of objectives, policies, programmes and achievements in these areas.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Energy Sources And Policies In India by Rishi Muni Dwivedi : Rs1323 ISBN: 9788177082715
India is both a major energy producer and consumer. It currently ranks as the 7th largest energy producer in the world, accounting for 2.49 percent of the world’s total annual energy production. It is also the 5th largest energy consumer in the world, accounting for 3.45 percent of the world’s total annual energy consumption. However, owing to its massive population—estimated presently at 1.2 billion which accounts for 16.4 percent of world population—India’s per capita energy consumption is one of the lowest in the world. Since Independence in 1947, the country has seen significant expansion in energy use with a shift from non-commercial to commercial sources. The demand for energy, particularly for commercial energy, has been growing rapidly with the growth of the economy, changes in the demographic structure, rising urbanization, socio-economic development, and the desire for attaining and sustaining self-reliance in vital sectors of the economy. India is short of most energy resources and therefore the present energy scenario is not satisfactory. The power supply position prevailing in the country is characterised by persistent shortages and unreliability and also high prices for industrial consumers. India’s oil reserves amount to 0.5 percent of the global reserves. Due to the stagnating domestic production of crude oil, India imports approximately 70 percent of its oil needs, much of it from the Middle-East. Its dependence on imported oil is growing steadily. This naturally raises concerns about energy security. These concerns have been exacerbated by recent movements in international oil prices. Energy is a vital input into production and if India is to maintain, and possibly improve, the current growth rate of around 9 percent, it must ensure reliable availability of energy—particularly electric power and petroleum products—at internationally competitive prices. India cannot compete effectively in world markets unless critical energy inputs are available in adequate quantities and at appropriate prices. This book provides a fairly exhaustive account of the current energy scenario in India. It also focuses on the policies and programmes of the Government of India to deal with the rapidly growing demand for energy in the wake of economic liberalization and globalization of the Indian economy. Areas covered for description and analysis include electricity, coal, petroleum and natural gas, renewable energy sources (bio-fuels, solar, wind, small hydro power, and hydrogen), atomic power, energy conservation and energy-environment linkages.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Forest Resources Of India by Arjun Y. Pangannavar : Rs513 ISBN: 9788177082692
As part of the natural environment and life-support system, forests play a vital role in social, cultural, economic and industrial development of India and in maintaining its ecological balance. The Constitution of India has given due recognition to forests and wildlife and the tribal communities dependent on forests. As storehouse of biodiversity, forests not only maintain and improve the moisture regime and provide clean air but also produce humus and maintain soil fertility. However, population pressure, poverty, and a weak institutional framework have caused forest depletion and degradation, raising concerns about environmental safety. Wildlife conservation efforts have so far been primarily directed to the maintenance of areas with one or more spectacular animals such as the tiger or the rhino. For long-term survival and betterment of forests and wildlife, there is need for forest services to become more specialized and professional and receive political, infrastructural and financial support. Central and State Governments must also alter their priorities and mindset. For too long, forests have been regarded as an earning sector. Time has come to recognize forests as repository of biodiversity, natural heritage, and provider of water and of ecologic and biotic goods and services. The passage of the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 has set the scene for the correction of the historical injustice suffered by India’s forest dwellers and tribal people. The effective implementation of the Act holds out the promise that finally the enormous bounty of natural resources that India’s tribal areas are endowed with can be harnessed for the holistic development of the tribal people themselves. This book explains and examines various aspects of forest and wildlife policies, programmes and management in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Health Care Systems by Himanshu S. Rout : Rs2147 ISBN: 9788177082791
Health care systems (HCSs) are essential for the healthy development of individuals, families and societies in accordance with human rights. HCSs are vital to establish, promote, and strengthen delivery of preventive, promotive and curative health services to all sections of society in a fair and equitable manner. The present volume contains 27 well-researched papers on HCSs in different countries of the world. The distinguished contributors have direct knowledge and experience of the functioning of HCS in their respective country. The countries profiled for the purpose are: US, Australia, China, France, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Japan, South Korea, Portugal, Spain, Brazil, Mexico, Pakistan, Peru, Thailand, Turkey, Bangladesh, Ghana, and India. While treatment of the subject varies from country to country depending upon the local conditions and government policies, some common features are discernible in different papers. These include (a) history and present organizational structure/management of HCS, (b) health care financing and resource utilization, (c) targeted health care programmes for poor, (d) health infrastructure, (e) indigenous/traditional HCS, (f) occupational health and (g) health sector reforms.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India And China by S.k. Singla : Rs626 ISBN: 9788177082807
India’s economic relations with China remained at low ebb after the Border War in 1962. However, economic ties between the two countries got a big boost when India initiated economic liberalization programme in early 1990s. India and China–with massive populations of 121 crore and 135 crore respectively–are the two fastest growing economies in the world. According to the much-publicised Goldman Sachs BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) Report, India is predicted to become the third largest economy in the world, after China and USA, by the year 2050, overtaking all other developed economies. Economic relations between the two emerging economic giants of the world need to be strengthened for mutual benefit. The present volume provides a comprehensive analysis of economic relations between India and China in a disaggregative and comparative manner. Growth and composition of trade between the two countries has been examined through various trade related indices. Various dimensions of India’s exports to China have been assessed in detail. Moreover, economic reforms and FDI inflows of the two countries have also been examined in a comparative perspective.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Policy, Federalism And International Treaties by G. Gopakumar : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177082784
Significant changes are taking place across the world following the advent of globalization and the consequent decline of the nation-state. The conventional parameters of understanding domestic politics and international relations are becoming redundant. New forms of international treaties— relating to regional trade, culture, economy, human security and national security—have become essential. The increasing role played by the civil society has changed the ground rules of foreign policy processes. The structure, quality and dimensions of Indian federalism are witnessing drastic changes. In this context, the nature and dynamics of federalism in the coming decades will be a pertinent issue for analysis. The concerns of the states in the Indian Union are also changing significantly. Their demand for share in foreign policy dynamics raises new question in the study of federalism. This book—containing 15 scholarly articles by experts in the field—is an attempt to open up a discourse linking the emerging pattern of international relations to federal management.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Society And Change In The Contemporary Gulf by A.k. Ramakrishnan : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177082753
This selection of essays addresses the general aspects of social change in the Gulf on the one hand and the specific contours of transformation in different milieus of the region on the other. The volume goes beyond the paradigms of security and rentier state to capture state-society linkages, women’s role in knowledge economy and social reforms, the directions of democratization, changing dynamics of cities like Dubai, the interplay of sacred and secular in the Gulf. It shows the multi-layered manner in which Arab societies of the Gulf have responded to the phenomenon of globalization. The interconnectedness of political and economic dynamics and social change is brought forth in the volume by locating specific spaces, issues and moments of such transformation. Scholars from diverse disciplinary vantage points provide the reader with a multi-dimensional perspective of the societies in the Gulf.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India And Iran by Anwar Alam : Rs797 ISBN: 9788177082760
Indo-Iran relations have been the subject of intense debates and discussions in recent years, particularly post-9/11 period. The growing Indo-US relations are considered to have cast a shadow on Indo-Iran ties. Given the anti-Iranian thrust in US foreign policy, particularly on nuclear issue, the Indian foreign policy faces a daunting task of maintaining a balanced outlook towards Iran. It is in this background that this book discusses the whole gamut of issues in Indo-Iran relations including energy security, military and defence co-operation, Iranian nuclear programme, terrorism, commerce, and political, economic and cultural ties. These dimensions of Indo-Iran relations are examined with reference to the influencing factor of US, China, Pakistan, Israel, Afghanistan, and Central Asia. The 19 research articles in this volume, authored by scholars in the field, provide deep insights into the complexities of Indo-Iran relations in contemporary times in terms of their continuity, limitations, strengths and weaknesses.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial Decentralization, Panchayati Raj Institutions (pris) And Rural by Mohd. Azam Khan : Rs482 ISBN: 9788177082579
The passage of the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act, 1992 marked a watershed in the history of modern India. With this amendment, a uniform structure of panchayats emerged throughout the country. Article 243G read with Eleventh Schedule of the Constitution explicitly requires the States to devolve powers and authority on panchayats which may be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of self-government. India’s decentralisation initiative in the form of Seventy-third Amendment poses challenges and offers opportunities. Providing basic services at the grassroots level makes panchayats the primary interface of the citizens’ interaction with the government. The principle of subsidiarity implies that matters are best handled by the least centralised competent authority. Following this, these institutions need to be adequately empowered—both functionally and financially—to enable them to fulfil the role envisaged for them in the Constitution.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Indian Agriculture And Information And Communications by M. Hilaria Soundari : Rs531 ISBN: 9788177082548
Farming is both a way of life and the principal means of livelihood for 65 percent of India’s population of 110 crore. In spite of huge government machinery, Indian farmers still suffer from the absence of right information at the required time. The farmers require timely information on weather conditions, sowing time, availability of inputs including credit, expert advice on maintaining the crop in healthy condition, information on markets and other areas of interest to them and their families. In spite of the best efforts and expenditure, the conventional apparatus has not been able to deliver the goods satisfactorily. Herein lies the role of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) which can efficiently address the concerns of farmers stationed even at remote locations of the country. Low literacy levels, cost of computers, poor communications infrastructure make it impossible for individual farmers, particularly small farmers, to directly adopt ICT. This calls for institutional efforts to provide ICT-based services to farmers. The present volume contains 11 well-researched papers by scholars in the field which provide deep insights into the various dimensions of the application of ICT in agriculture.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Wto, Globalization And Indian Agriculture by Mohd. Iqbal Ali : Rs491 ISBN: 9788177082647
The creation of WTO in 1995 and the globalization trends of the recent past have impacted the world economies—particularly those of developing countries—immensely. Countries worldwide are reshaping their economic and trade policies to meet the challenges of new rules of trade under WTO and intense competition unleashed by the forces of globalization. The changed economic milieu has affected the Indian economy—more so the agricultural sector—in several ways. The stagnating Indian agriculture has aggravated the urgency for debate on how to meet the challenges of new rules of the game under WTO and globalization. This book contains 11 research papers—contributed by experts in the field—which provide deep insights into the various dimensions of the impact of new world economic order on agriculture in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Finance And India's Rural Economy by Sudhanshu Kr. Das : Rs482 ISBN: 9788177082630
After achieving Independence in 1947, the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) have made concerted efforts to provide the poor with access to credit. Despite the phenomenal increase in the physical outreach of formal credit institutions in the past several decades, the rural poor continue to depend on informal sources of credit. Institutions have also faced difficulties in dealing effectively with a large number of small borrowers, whose credit needs are small and frequent and their ability to offer collaterals is limited. Besides, cumbersome procedures and risk perceptions of the banks leave a gap in serving the credit needs of the rural poor. It is in this context that micro credit has emerged as the most suitable and practical alternative to the conventional banking in reaching the hitherto unreached poor population. Micro credit enables the poor people to be thrifty and helps them in availing the credit and other financial services for improving their income and living standards. The Self-help Group (SHG)-Bank Linkage Programme was formally launched in the year 1992 as a flagship programme by National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) and aptly supported by the RBI through its policy support. The Programme envisages organisation of the rural poor into SHGs for building their capacities to manage their own finances and then negotiate bank credit on commercial terms. This book contains 13 well-researched papers by experts on the subject which provide analytical information on various aspects of the micro finance and its impact on rural economy of India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Poverty Eradication And Development Through Innovations by Babita Agrawal : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177082661
In the global market economy, the ability of nations to create, absorb and commercialize innovations determines their competitiveness. Innovation is closely linked to the creation of wealth in a modern knowledge economy. Value addition to raw materials in India through applications of technology has remained low compared to other nations such as Israel, Finland, Japan, and South Korea. Increasing labour productivity through technology change and innovation is the main route for the creation of additional wealth to enterprises and better wages to employees. Since Independence, India has endeavoured to bring economic and social change through science and technology. The visionaries who led the growth of innovation and technology in India were convinced that such an approach could play an important role in transforming India in to a modern, industrialized society. Experience and results show that this confidence was well placed. There is a vast untapped potential in India for wealth creation by increasing the levels of innovation content in the entire economic development activities of the country. It is a tall call but an essential one, if the current levels of growth are to be maintained. This book contains 15 research papers, contributed by experts on the subject, which provide deep insights into the interface between poverty reduction, development and innovations.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Rural Banking In India by Manas Chakrabarti : Rs491 ISBN: 9788177082623
Agriculture and rural sectors play an important role in India’s overall development strategy in terms of income and employment generation and poverty alleviation. Great significance has, therefore, been accorded to developing appropriate institutions and mechanisms for catering to the credit requirements of these sectors. Government of India promoted Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) through the RRBs Act of 1976 to bridge the gap in the flow of credit to the rural poor. The RRBs have a special place in the multi-agency approach adopted to provide agricultural and rural credit in India. These banks are state-sponsored, regionally-based and rural-oriented. Besides the RRBs, commercial and co-operative banks have been catering to the credit requirements of the rural sector. The renewed emphasis on agricultural and rural development by the Government of India would lead to a growing demand for different types of financial services in the rural areas. The present structure of rural credit may not be able to cater to the same. RRBs would be called upon to play a greater role in providing such services due to their rural character and feel. RRBs have to take over a larger share of credit disbursements calling for much larger resource mobilization, as also greater efforts for their institutional strengthening. It was announced in the Union Budget for 2008-09 that the Central Government and the State Governments had reached an agreement on the content of the package for revival of the long-term cooperative credit structure. The cost of the package was estimated at Rs. 3,074 crore, of which the Central Government’s share would be Rs. 2,642 crore.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Regional Disparities In India's Socio-economic Development by Kanak Kanti Bagchi : Rs603 ISBN: 9788177082586
Regional imbalances in a country may be natural due to unequal distribution of natural resources and/or man-made in the sense of neglect of some regions and preference for others for investment and infrastructural facilities. India’s successive Five Year Plans have stressed the need to develop backward regions of the country. In promoting regional balanced development, public sector enterprises were located in backward areas of the country during the early phase of economic planning. In spite of pro-backward areas policies and programmes, considerable economic and social inequalities exist among different States of India, as reflected in differences in per capita State Domestic Product. While income growth performance has diverged, there is welcome evidence of some convergence in education and health indicators across the states. This book contains 14 research papers authored by experts on the subject. They provide deep insights into the various dimensions of inter-state and intra-state economic and social inequalities in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Small-scale Industries In India by K.r. Vijayarani : Rs441 ISBN: 9788177082654
Small-scale Industries are considered a harbinger of economic progress and have stemmed and grown out of India’s own skills, resources, enterprise and culture. This sector is believed to be an elixir for all the ills of a developing economy like India. A growing economy always needs the presence of small enterprises. In a labour abundant and capital scarce country like India, small-scale industries have come to occupy a significant position in the planned industrialisation of the economy. Ever since the announcement of the Industrial Policy Resolution of 1948, small-scale industries have occupied a prominent place in the overall strategy of industrial development in India. Successive Five Year Plans have allocated increasing resources for the development of small industries. In view of the abundance of labour, scarcity of capital, and rural nature of the economy, the preference for small industries is natural. In the wake of globalization wave sweeping across the countries, new opportunities and challenges have emerged for the small industries. Appropriate policies are needed to meet these challenges to sustain the growth of small industries.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Wto And Small Enterprises In India by K. Padmanabhan : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177082531
The creation of World Trade Organisation (WTO) in 1995 was a watershed in the history of trade among nations. WTO replaced General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) which remained in existence from 1948 to 1994. GATT was a multilateral treaty, governing trade in goods only. WTO is much wider in scope and coverage. WTO Agreements cover services and intellectual property as well. WTO is the only international body dealing with the rules of trade between nations. At its heart are the WTO agreements, the legal ground rules for international commerce and for trade policy. The agreements have three main objectives: (a) to help trade flow as freely as possible, (b) to achieve further liberalisation gradually through negotiations and (c) to set up an impartial means of settling disputes. The rules and procedures of WTO offer opportunities and simultaneously pose challenges for economies of member countries. India has also braced itself to meet the challenges of the new world trade order. As is well-known, small enterprises in India provide livelihood, check rural-urban migration, generate export earnings and touch upon the lives of the remotest and most marginalized people. Small enterprises have been recognised as engines of economic growth worldwide. How WTO has impacted the growth and performance of small enterprises? This question has generated a lot of debate among policy makers, academicians and among those actually running small enterprises. This book explains and examines the impact of WTO on various aspects of the functioning of small enterprises.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Life Insurance In India by R. Haridas : Rs482 ISBN: 9788177082524
After a long period of a monopolistic environment, the insurance sector in India was opened to private participation with the enactment of the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999. Since then, the number of participants operating in life, general and reinsurance, in both the public and private sectors, has increased. The opening up has augured well for the sector which has witnessed introduction of new products in recent years. In the field of life insurance, a wider choice is presently available to the customers, with products being tailor-made to the needs of the insured. Insurers are putting in much more research into development of products both in the life and general segments. Reforms have created competition in the insurance sector and given the customers a wide choice not only in the matter of insurance companies, but also in terms of insurance products. However, the impact of increased competition is yet to be felt on insurance penetration. With banks having already been allowed to undertake insurance business, bancassurance market has also come up in a big way. This book deals with life insurance business in India, focusing on recent reforms in this sector.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Marketing Of Services by Garima Gupta : Rs567 ISBN: 9788177082562
The commercial market for services is huge and expanding worldwide. In India, services sector accounts for the largest share of Gross Domestic Product (GDP). In fact, it is the growth performance of the services sector which is sustaining the overall growth of the Indian economy in the face of a stagnating agricultural sector. In the wake of liberalization and openness policies of the Government, the marketing of services has become highly competitive. The focus of service providers has shifted from internal performance to external factors such as customers' satisfaction. Resultantly, quality of service provided has become the key source of differentiation in the market for various services. Quality is usually a slippery concept, easy to visualize yet difficult to define. As per Japanese production philosophy, quality implies zero defects in the firm’s offerings. Quality of service is the cornerstone of achieving success among competing services. Various policy measures have been undertaken by the Government of India to make India’s services sector internationally competitive. This book deals with the quality aspect of marketing of services, focusing on the following services: banking services, hospital services and services provided by fast food restaurants.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial Ratios And Financial Statement Analysis by Jagadish R. Raiyani : Rs504 ISBN: 9788177082678
The focus of financial analysis is on key figures in the financial statements and the significant relationship that exists between them. The analysis of financial statement is a process of evaluating the relationship between component parts of financial statements to obtain a better understanding of the position and performance of a firm. The first task of the financial analyst is to select the information relevant to the decision under consideration from the total information contained in the financial statements. The second step is to arrange the information in a way to highlight significant relationships. The final step is interpretation and drawing of inferences and conclusions. In brief, financial analysis is the process of selection, relation and evaluation. Keeping all this in view, the present book is devoted to an in-depth analysis of financial statements and its use for decision-making by various parties interested in them. The focus of the book is on ratio analysis which is the most widely used technique of financial statement analysis.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women, Employment And Empowerment by Tinku Paul Bhatnagar : Rs504 ISBN: 9788177082593
Empowerment of women through gainful employment is a constituent—as well as instrument—of development in any country. No country can be deemed developed if half of its population is severely disadvantaged in terms of basic needs, livelihood options, access to knowledge, and political voice. A natural corollary of ensuring gender equality is the elimination of gender discrimination. Strong national machineries for the advancement of women and promotion of gender equality require political commitment at the highest level. Reforms to meet the challenges of the changing world are essential to ensure women’s equal access to institutions and organizations. Effective and coordinated plans and programmes for the full implementation of women-oriented policies require a clear research-based knowledge of ground realities of the socio-economic status of women, particularly rural women. The realization of the goals of women empowerment needs to be supported by the allocation of necessary human and financial resources for specific and targeted activities to ensure gender equality at the local, regional, national, and international levels as well as by enhanced and increased international cooperation. The present work is an attempt to unravel the intricate relationship between women’s work and their empowerment. It adopts a holistic approach to explore interface between the nature of work performed by women and indicators of their empowerment.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India, Global Powers And West Asia by Anwar Alam : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177082616
India’s economic interests and its self imagination as an emerging global power have assumed a higher priority in defining India’s foreign policy and security goals since early 1990s. This has guided the Indian policy makers to intensify its engagements with Iran, Saudi Arabia, Israel and other GCC countries—around which Indian foreign policy in the region revolves today in the political and economic sense of the term. This book deals with evolving political and economic dynamics and interactions of India with global and regional powers in West Asia, with particular focus on Persian Gulf in the post-Cold War period. It examines India’s multi-dimensional relations with global powers such as USA, Russia, China and regional powers and organisations like Iran, Israel, Turkey and Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) respectively.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
World Order, Multipolarism And Terrorism by Debidatta A. Mahapatra : Rs626 ISBN: 9788177082609
The book is an attempt in chronicling and analyzing international developments from a non-western perspective. It scrutinizes the prevailing discourse in international politics in the light of recent developments. The analysis adopts a descriptive format while factoring India in the entire gamut of national, regional and international politics and arguing that the developments indicate both challenges and opportunities. The challenges from climate change to confronting and managing troubled regions in the world have become daunting tasks and India’s role has become prominent in meeting these challenges. Opportunities too are varied and range from collective shaping of the international dynamics to widening international peace and development discourse in the framework of ideal human unity. India with its non-antagonistic foreign policy projections has a significant role towards the realization of this framework. Coverage of a wide range of issues including the regional dynamics of Central Eurasia and South Asia, the happenings in Afghanistan-Pakistan and the issue of terrorism have made the book timely. The book is an important reading for all those interested in contemporary international developments and their implications.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Indian Economy - A Performance Review, 1947-48 To 2010-11 by Chandra Sekhar Prasad : Rs2097 ISBN: 9788177082401
The development pattern of India during 1950-80 was characterised by strong centralised planning, government ownership of basic and key industries, excessive regulation and control of private enterprise, trade protectionism through tariff and non-tariff barriers and a cautious and selective approach towards foreign capital. It was quota, permit and license regime guided and controlled by a bureaucracy trained in colonial style. This so-called inward-looking, import substitution strategy of economic development began to be widely questioned with the beginning of 1980s. Policy makers started realising the drawbacks of this strategy which inhibited competitiveness and efficiency and produced a much lower rate of growth than expected. This book provides a comprehensive description and analysis of economic policies, strategies, challenges and achievements in various sectors of the Indian economy over the years. Part I provides a sector-wise review of developments in the Indian economy since Independence in 1947. Part II presents year-wise review (1947-48 to 2010-11) of developments in the following sectors of the Indian economy: ? Agriculture and Rural Development ? Industry and Infrastructure ? Government Finances ? Money, Credit and Prices ? Financial Institutions and Financial Markets ? Foreign Trade, Balance of Payments and Foreign Investment.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Essays In Social And Economic Development by Paul Streeten : Rs1337 ISBN: 9788177082326
This volume contains 17 scholarly papers authored by Paul Streeten—well- known American development economist and a social thinker. His writings have assumed added significance in the context of globalization and privatization wave sweeping across the countries of the world, particularly developing countries. In the immediate context, his ideas are relevant to understand and deal with the current global financial crisis which has been billed by experts as the worst since the Great Depression of early 1930s. The papers cover a wide range of issues and concerns which have contemporary relevance for social and economic development of countries worldwide and the empowerment and participation of disadvantaged groups in different countries, more so in the less developed economies of the world. The papers discuss, review and evaluate topical subjects ranging from poverty and hunger, global governance, cyber-terror and cyber-error, effects of globalization, international co-operation, global justice, empowerment of the left-out, political economy reforms, role of non-government organizations and concerns raised by technological advancements including nanotechnology. The papers provide glimpses of the innovative ideas of the author such as global central bank, global income tax, global body to provide information on investments, international investment trust, and a global migration agency. He also suggests a transnational secretariat and a council of wise men and women to monitor the performance of proposed bodies. He also delves on gender issues which he considers particularly important for reproductive freedom, for people, especially women, to be able to choose the size of their families.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Finance Commissions And Fiscal Federalism In India by M.m. Sury : Rs1949 ISBN: 9788177082388
Finance is the life blood of a government. Arrangements for finance are more complicated in a federal set up than in a unitary form of government. A federal system creates a multiple polity based on divided functions and powers among central, state and local governments. Fiscal federalism, as a branch of public finance, deals with financial arrangements and their working in a federal polity. Fiscal federalism is a subject of topical interest in India in view of some recent developments of historical importance. With the passage of the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act, 1992, a uniform structure of panchayats has emerged throughout the country. Similarly, the passage of the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992 was a landmark in the history of municipal administration in India. As a result of these amendments, panchayats and municipalities are now constitutional bodies forming the third tier of the federal polity of India. Furthermore, the Constitution (Eightieth Amendment) Act, 2000, significantly changed the manner of distribution of Central tax collections between the Central and State Governments. Prior to this Amendment, income tax and Union excise duties were the only taxes shared with the States. This Amendment altered the pattern of sharing of Central taxes between the Centre and the States by providing for the sharing of the net proceeds of all Union taxes and duties with the States. Still further, the Constitution (Eighty-eighth Amendment) Act, 2003 included taxes on services under entry 92C in the Union List (List I) in the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution.The Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management Act, 2003, requires rules to be made under the Act to specify the annual targets for reduction of fiscal deficit and revenue deficit, contingent liabilities and total liabilities. Spread over 30 chapters, this book provides a detailed description and analysis of the evolution and the present structure of fiscal federalism in India. In particular, it contains highlights and summary of each Finance Commission Report from First to Thirteenth Finance Commission. A detailed note on the National Level Goods and Services Tax (GST)—scheduled to be introduced from April 1, 2011—also forms part of the book. Besides, it contains time-series data (1950-51 to 2010-11) on India’s public finances. It also includes a glossary of fiscal terms.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Fiscal Policy, Decentralization And Economic Growth In India by Pradeep S. Chauhan : Rs666 ISBN: 9788177082319
When the Indian economy faced an unprecedented macroeconomic crisis in 1991, fiscal consolidation constituted a major objective of the policy response. For this purpose, it became necessary to (a) enhance tax and non-tax revenue, (b) curtail current expenditure growth, (c) restructure public sector undertakings (d) improve fiscal-monetary co-ordination and (e) deregulate financial system. The need for improvements in budgetary practices led to the enactment of the Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) Act, 2003 which ushered the Indian economy in an era of fiscal consolidation based on fiscal policy rules. The passage of the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act, 1992 marked a watershed in the history of modern India. With this amendment, a uniform structure of panchayats emerged throughout the country. Similarly, the passage of the Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act, 1992 was a landmark in the history of municipal administration in India. Resultantly, panchayats and municipalities are now constitutional bodies forming third tier to the federal polity of India. This decentralisation initiative poses challenges and offers opportunities. To counter the negative fallout of the global meltdown on the economy, Indian Government took prompt action by providing substantial fiscal stimulus. This book provides an account of fiscal developments in India during the post-liberalisation period, with particular emphasis on decentralization initiatives. It also examines prospects and challenges facing the Indian economy. An appendix included in the book contains Fiscal Policy Strategy Statement presented to Parliament by Shri Pranab Mukherjee, Minister of Finance, on February 26, 2010.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial Institutions And Financial Markets In India by Niti Bhasin : Rs1881 ISBN: 9788177082371
Finance is the linchpin of any development strategy. The financial system promotes savings by providing a wide variety of financial assets to the general public. Savings collected from the household sector are pooled together and allocated to various sectors of the economy for raising production levels. If the allocation of credit is judicious and socially equitable, it can help achieve the twin objectives of growth and social justice. The present book explains and examines at length the changes which have swept India’s financial sector since Independence in 1947, with focus on post-1991 period. The book is organized into 6 parts. Part I begins with the role of financial system in economic development. It traces the evolution of India’s financial system since Independence, explains its present structure and describes the role of Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in providing stability to it. Part II traces the evolution and the present status of various financial institutions (intermediaries) in India. The areas covered include: commercial banks, regional rural banks (RRBs), urban co-operative banks (UCBs), rural co-operative credit institutions, development finance institutions (DFIs), non-banking financial companies (NBFCs), mutual funds and insurance organisations. Part III is devoted to financial markets in India. It focuses on the reforms measures introduced in money market, government securities market, capital market, corporate debt market and foreign exchange market. It also dwells on payment systems, clearing and settlement infrastructure. Integration of financial markets is also discussed. Part IV deals with financial instruments, particularly the emergence of derivative instruments in India. Part V contains 2 Appendices. Appendix 1 explains at length the techniques and risk management associated with internet banking. Appendix 2 relates to current global financial crisis, its impact on India and policy response by government agencies. Part VI contains glossary of money, banking and finance, bibliography and index. The book is designed to interest a cross-section of readers, viz. teachers and students of economics, commerce, law, public administration, business management, chartered accountancy and company secretaryship. It will also serve the needs of legislators, business executives, entrepreneurs and investors, and others interested in financial sector developments in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Stock Market In India by Saloni Gupta : Rs702 ISBN: 9788177082418
A stock (or share) market deals mainly in corporate securities. The securities are chiefly in the form of equity shares and debentures. The function of the stock market is two-fold: (a) to arrange for the raising of new capital [primary market function] and (b) to provide liquidity to existing securities [secondary market function]. There are 24 recognised stock exchanges in India, including the Over the Counter Exchange of India (OTCEI) for small and new companies, the old established Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) and the National Stock Exchange (NSE) that was set up as a model exchange to provide nation-wide services to investors. As at end-March 2010, 4977 companies were listed on the BSE, which is the largest exchange in the country. The number of securities available for trading under the equities segment at NSE as on April 30, 2010 was 1872. Associated with the NSE are the National Securities Depository Ltd. (NSDL) and the National Securities Clearing Corporation Ltd. (NSCCL). The NSDL acts as a registrar for dematerialized securities and NSCCL as a clearing house. This book provides a comprehensive account of the working of stock market in India, focusing on reforms introduced during the post-liberalisation (1991 onwards) period. Besides, it traces recent trends in the secondary market and offers empirical evidence of level of efficiency and degree of volatility in the Indian stock market.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Non-banking Financial Companies (nbfcs) In India by Jafor Ali Akhan : Rs513 ISBN: 9788177082296
Non-banking financial companies (NBFCs) constitute a heterogeneous lot of privately-owned, small-sized financial intermediaries which provide a variety of services including equipment leasing, hire purchase, loans, investments and chit fund activities. These companies play an important role in providing credit to the unorganised sector and to the small borrowers at the local level. Hire purchase finance is by far the largest activity of NBFCs. NBFCs have been the subject of focussed attention since the early 1990s. The rapid growth of NBFCs has led to a gradual blurring of dividing lines between banks and NBFCs, with the exception of the exclusive privilege that commercial banks exercise in the issuance of cheques. NBFCs are widely dispersed across the country and their management exhibits varied degrees of professionalism. Furthermore, the depositors have varied degrees of perceptions regarding safety of their deposits while making an investment decision. This book provides an exhaustive account of the functioning of and recent reforms pertaining to NBFCs in India. It also includes an all-India list (as on January 15, 2010) of 314 NBFCs which have been issued certificates of registration by the Reserve Bank of India to hold/accept deposits from public.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Monetary And Credit Management In India by Anup Chatterjee : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177082340
Price stability and availability of sufficient credit for productive purposes have all along remained the twin objectives of monetary policy in India. The monetary policy reforms since 1991 have hinged on easing fiscal constraints. The first important step was introduction of an auction system for the Central Government’s market borrowings in June 1992. This enabled an increasing proportion of the fiscal deficit to be financed by borrowings at market-related rates of interest. This, in turn, enabled the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) to scale down the Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) to the targeted statutory minimum level of 25.0 percent by October 1997. The second significant step was the historic accord between the Government and the RBI in September 1994, eliminating the automatic monetisation of the Centre’s fiscal deficit by gradually phasing out ad hocs by April 1997. A system of ways and means advances (WMA) to the Central Government, subject to mutually agreed limits at market-related rates, was put in place instead to meet mismatches in cash flows. Credit policy is a powerful instrument for securing the desired economic results. Credit control can exercise a healthy restraining influence on speculation and can assist in bringing about a better balance between aggregate demand and aggregate supply. RBI has largely been successful in bringing the organised sector of the money market well under its control. RBI is also playing a more active role in the provision of rural finance and is devoting special attention to the problem of promoting banking development in parts of the country in which it has hitherto been lacking. These developments have strengthened the credit system materially. This book deals with various dimensions of monetary and credit management in India, focusing on post-liberalisation (1991 onward) period.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India: Sixty Years Of Planned Economic Development by M.m. Sury And Vibha Mathur : Rs1521 ISBN: 9788177082456
The resource base of a country consists of (a) human resources, (b) non-renewable resources which are an endowment of nature and whose total size gets depleted with time and (c) renewable resources which can be continuously created and whose base can be expanded through human efforts. Economic planning is concerned with the effective and optimal utilisation of the potential resources of an economy. This is particularly so in the context of underdeveloped countries which are striving to raise the standard of living of the masses. In fact, planning is a process aiming not merely at the best utilisation of material resources but also at the development of human faculties and institutional framework suitable to the needs and aspirations of the people. The establishment of Planning Commission in 1950 heralded a new era in the economic history of India. It makes an assessment of the material, capital and human resources of the country, including technical personnel, and investigates the possibilities of augmenting such of these resources as are found to be deficient in relation to the nation’s requirements. It, then, formulates a Plan for the most effective and balanced utilisation of the country’s resources. India’s First Five Year Plan was launched on April 1, 1951. Since then, ten Five Year Plans have been completed and the Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-08 to 2011-12) is underway. Part I of the book deals with human and natural resources of India, principles of economic planning, institutional framework of economic planning in India, and assessment of India’s experience with economic planning. Part II provides summary of each Five Year Plan (First Plan to Eleventh Plan) under the following 13 common theme headings: Plan at a Glance; Agriculture and Rural Development; Industry and Infrastructure; Mineral Resources; Electricity and Other Renewable Energy Sources; Urban Development and Housing; Transport and Communications; Employment and Labour Welfare; Health, Family Planning and Nutrition; Education, Training and Skill Formation; Science and Technology; Social Welfare; Balanced Regional Development; Part III contains sector-wise time-series statistics on the Indian economy from 1950-51 to 2009-10; Part IV of the book comprises glossary of economic planning and a list of English equivalents of select Hindi terms used in Plan Documents.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human And Natural Resources Of India by K. Narindar Jetli : Rs657 ISBN: 9788177082364
The resource base of a country consists of (a) human resources, (b) non-renewable resources which are an endowment of nature and whose total size gets depleted with time and (c) renewable resources which can be continuously created and whose base can be expanded through human efforts. The Planning Commission—set up in March 1950 by a resolution of the Government of India—makes an assessment of the material, capital and human resources of the country, including technical personnel, and investigates the possibilities of augmenting such of these resources as are found to be deficient in relation to the nation’s requirements. Further, it formulates a Plan for the most effective and balanced utilisation of the country’s resources. The objective of planning is to raise the standard of living of the people as a whole. The attainment of this objective involves the development on scientific lines of the nation's human and natural resources. National Development Council (NDC)—set up in August 1952—reviews the working of the National Plan from time to time, considers important questions of social and economic policy affecting national development and recommends measures for the achievement of the aims and targets of the National Plan. NDC, being the apex body for economic matters, takes all final decisions as regards the size, contents, objectives, and strategies of the Plan. The Planning Commission functions as an advisory body to NDC.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
International Trade And Economic Co-operation by Gautam Murthy : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177082463
India’s geo-economics has undergone drastic changes after the initiation of economic reforms in the early 1990s. Prior to economic reforms, India had adopted a very cautious and guarded approach to regionalism. Trade and economic co-operation with the countries of the world requires building up of shared infrastructure. Many Asian countries have joined together to develop cross-border infrastructure to lay the foundations for closer trading relationships and increased connectivity among countries. Recognising that Regional Trade Agreements (RTAs) would continue to feature prominently in world trade, India has started engaging with its trading partners/blocks with the intention of expanding its export market and concluding trade and technology agreements and moving, in some cases, even towards Comprehensive Economic Cooperation Agreements (CECAs) which cover Free Trade Agreement (FTA) in goods, services, investments and identified areas of economic cooperation. RTAs are an integral part of India’s foreign trade policy, complementing the multilateral trading system. This book provides deep insights into India’s trade and economic relations with regional groupings/blocks.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Global Recession And Indian Economic Development by S. Asokkumar : Rs504 ISBN: 9788177082302
In its publication World Economic Outlook (October 2008), the IMF placed the estimated world output growth at 3.9 percent in 2008 which represented a significant slide from a level of about 5.0 percent in 2006 and 2007. By early November, the IMF had revised its forecast for global growth downwards¾from 3.9 percent to 3.7 percent for 2008, and from 3.0 percent to 2.2 percent for 2009. Several countries, notably US, UK, Euro Area and Japan are all officially in recession. Confidence in global credit markets continues to be low, and credit lines remain clogged. The tight and hesitant conditions in the credit markets are precipitating erosion of demand which, in turn, is feeding a recession–deflation vicious cycle. Central banks around the world are responding to the developments by aggressive and unconventional injection of liquidity, monetary easing and relaxation of collateral norms and eligibility criteria for their lending to financial institutions. The recent developments suggest that impact is likely to be more protracted and deeper than envisaged by the IMF. In an increasingly globalised economic milieu, these external developments have a major impact on world economy, including the emerging market economies and developing countries through both direct and indirect transmission channels. The present work contains 18 papers contributed by scholars on the subject who have analysed the repercussions of the global downturn on the growth prospects of the Indian economy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Global Meltdown by Nandita Sethi : Rs792 ISBN: 9788177082357
The financial turmoil which surfaced in August 2007 in the US financial system as a result of defaults of sub-prime mortgage loans has blown into an unprecedented financial crisis engulfing international money, credit, equity and foreign exchange markets. What started off as a sub-prime crisis in the US housing mortgage sector has turned successively into a global banking crisis, global financial crisis and now a global recession. Though emerging market economies, including India, do not have direct or significant exposure to stressed financial instruments or troubled financial institutions, they are not immune to the adverse effects of the financial crisis. Most of the crises over the past few decades have had their roots in developing and emerging countries, often resulting from abrupt reversals in capital flows, and from loose domestic monetary and fiscal policies. In contrast, the current ongoing global financial crisis has had its roots in the US. Given the experience of the post-crisis period, the decoupling hypothesis stands invalidated. Reinforcing the notion that in a globalised world no country can be an island, growth prospects of emerging economies have been undermined by the cascading financial crisis with, of course, considerable variation across countries. This book contains 16 analytical contributions gathered from various sources which give—with regional dimensions— deep insights into the origin, causes, consequences and remedial measures related to the crisis.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Global Financial Crisis And The Indian Economy by S. Asokkumar : Rs491 ISBN: 9788177082333
The current global financial situation continues to be uncertain and unsettled. What started off as a sub-prime crisis in the US housing mortgage sector has turned successively into a global banking crisis, global financial crisis and now a global economic crisis. It has been billed by experts as the worst since the Great Depression of late 1920s and early 1930s that originated in the advanced economies and rapidly engulfed the whole world. The financial turmoil which surfaced in August 2007 in the US financial system as a result of defaults of sub-prime mortgage loans has blown into an unprecedented financial crisis engulfing international money, credit, equity and foreign exchange markets. India has remained relatively immune from the fallout of the crisis due to several reasons including prudential, supervisory and regulatory framework of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). More importantly, the Indian banking system has shown remarkable market discipline, docility, and sincerity of purpose as against the financial gimmicks and dubious practices of the financial institutions in the US. It is heartening to note that in India, complex structures like synthetic securitisations have not been permitted so far. This book contains 18 articles on the subject by experts in the field of finance and development, covering almost all dimensions of the ongoing worldwide financial turmoil.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Banking Reforms And Productivity In India by Medha P. Tapiawala : Rs531 ISBN: 9788177082487
Wide-ranging financial sector reforms have been undertaken in India—since the initiation of economic reforms in early 1990s—to improve financial intermediation and maintain financial stability. This process has now become more intensive with a focus on drawing appropriate lessons from the global financial crisis and putting in place a regulatory regime that is alert to possible build-up of financial imbalances. All commercial banks, including foreign banks in India, migrated to the Basel II framework by March 31, 2009. Keeping in view the significant developments in payment systems and the responsibility of Reserve Bank of India (RBI) with regard to regulation and supervision of payment systems, the Vision Document for the period 2009-12 was released on February 16, 2010. RBI’s Vision Document provides the roadmap to ensure that all the payment and settlement systems operating in the country are safe, secure, sound, efficient, accessible and authorised. This book provides a vivid account of banking sector reforms in India during the recent past. More importantly, it provides empirical evidence—in the backdrop of reforms—of trends in the productivity of select banks in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Co-operative Banks In India by Amit Basak : Rs446 ISBN: 9788177082500
Co-operative banks are an integral part of the Indian financial system. They comprise urban co-operative banks and rural co-operative credit institutions. Co-operative banks in India are more than 100 years old. Urban Co-operative Banks (UCBs)—also referred to as primary cooperative banks—play an important role in meeting the growing credit needs of urban and semi-urban areas of the country. UCBs mobilise savings from the middle and lower income groups and purvey credit to small borrowers, including weaker sections of the society. Scheduled UCBs are under closer regulatory and supervisory framework of the RBI. Rural co-operative banks operate mainly for the benefit of rural areas, particularly the agricultural sector. Though much smaller as compared to scheduled commercial banks, co-operative banks constitute an important segment of the Indian banking system. They have an extensive branch network and reach out to people in remote areas. They have traditionally played an important role in creating banking habits among the lower and middle-income groups and in strengthening the rural credit delivery system. This book—focusing on UCBs—provides a vivid account of the functioning of co-operative credit institutions in India including recent reforms. Besides, it includes a case study of the working of UCBs in the Indian state of West Bengal.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro Credit, Self-help Groups (shgs) And Women Empowerment by Neeta Tapan : Rs599 ISBN: 9788177082494
Since Independence in 1947, the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) have made concerted efforts to provide the poor with access to credit. Despite the phenomenal increase in the physical outreach of formal credit institutions in the past several decades, the disadvantaged sections of society including women continue to depend on informal sources of credit. Regular institutions have faced difficulties in dealing with a large number of small borrowers, whose credit needs are small and frequent and their ability to offer collaterals is limited. Besides, cumbersome procedures and risk perceptions of the banks leave a gap in serving the credit needs of the poor. It is in this context that micro credit has emerged as the most suitable and practical alternative to the conventional banking in reaching the hitherto unreached poor population. Micro credit enables the poor people to be thrifty and helps them in availing the credit and other financial services for improving their income and living standards. The Self-help Group (SHG)-Bank Linkage Programme was formally launched in the year 1992 and aptly supported by the RBI through its policy support. The Programme envisages organisation of the rural poor into SHGs for building their capacities to manage their own finances and then negotiate bank credit on commercial terms. This book deals with the role of micro credit and SHGs in the socio-economic empowerment of women.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Policy Of India by Mohanan B Pillai : Rs1377 ISBN: 9788177082432
Professing and practicing Non-alignment has been the hallmark of India’s foreign policy since Independence in 1947. The initiative for Non-aligned Movement (NAM)—the biggest independent and informal association of countries on a sui generis basis—came from three nations, viz. India, Yugoslavia and Egypt, represented by the three statesmen Jawaharlal Nehru, Joseph Tito and Gamal Abdel Nasser respectively. From its modest beginnings at the Belgrade Conference in 1961 with a participation of 25 nations, the NAM has expanded to include 119 members at the Sharm El Sheikh (Egypt) Conference in July 2009. The fall of the Berlin Wall and the collapse of the Soviet Union ushered a new era in Indian economy and polity and consequently in India’s foreign policy. India unveiled the Look East policy in 1991. East Asia¾including Japan, China, South Korea and ASEAN¾is today India’s largest trading partner, ahead of EU and the US. India’s foreign policy posture in recent years, particularly towards the region of West Asia and North Africa (WANA), has been a subject of intense debate. India’s growing relationship with the US and Israel, and its lukewarm stand on Iraqi crisis and Iranian nuclear issue is seen as a fundamental shift in the Indian foreign policy exercise. Critics have accused the succeeding Indian governments during the past two decades of abandoning its independent foreign policy, of deviating from Nehruvian national consensus in foreign policy matters, and towing the pro-American line. Others have argued that the radical shift in the orientation of Indian foreign policy in terms of its pro-American tilt bears the mark of realism and pragmatism that is dictated by the demands of globalisation. The present book contains 28 scholarly papers—contributed by experts in the field—which provide deep insights into the various dimensions of India’s foreign policy, focusing on recent developments.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Nehru And Modern India by G. Gopa Kumar : Rs522 ISBN: 9788177082425
Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru—the First Prime Minister of Independent India—was the embodiment of spirit and ideals of democracy, socialism, secularism, nationalism, equality and social justice. Estimating the contemporary significance and historical relevance of Nehru will always remain a challenging task for the students of social sciences. Nehru continues to remain a crucial link between the evolution of India’s contemporary nationalism and the transition towards a middle-range power among the countries of the modern world. Along with other great stalwarts of freedom movement, Nehru was successful and practical in envisioning a modern India. Given the complex social, cultural, political and historical background of the Continent, this was a tremendous task. In the post-Independence scenario, Nehru was able to provide a strong foundation to the political system and clear directions to foreign and domestic policies. Despite the fast changing nature of the international system, Nehruvian perspectives are very relevant even today. This book contains 12 papers, authored by eminent scholars, which critically examine the policies pursued by Nehru in shaping modern India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Contemporary West Asia by Anwar Alam : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177082470
War, conflict and terrorism define the face of contemporary West Asia at popular level. However there are far more other important issues and challenges that are currently troubling the governments of West Asian nations. These include (a) political, economic and social challenges, (b) Islamic militancy, (c) growing unemployment, (d) democratic reforms, (e) human rights, (f) living conditions of expatriates, and (g) urbanization. Added to this list are environmental risks with such dimensions as overfishing, soil and water pollution by petroleum industry, scarcity of fresh water and desertification. This book—containing 11 contributions by scholars in the field—deals with these internal challenges of the region.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
West Asia by Sujata Cheema : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177082289
Civil society constitutes a range of interest groups and political parties that occupy the space between the individual and the state. The notions of democracy and civil society are inextricably linked—democracy fosters the development of civil society as it allows freedom of association to the individuals. This space then links the individuals to the state. In the backdrop of wave of political liberalization sweeping through the region since the early 1990s, the debate on democratization in West Asia has been associated with the study of three crucial issues, namely whether civil society exists in the region? What are its strengths? What are its weaknesses and what the future holds for its existence? Evidence from the political processes of some countries of the region—such as Jordan, Turkey, and Gulf States—reveals that civil society has strengthened in the region in the recent past. This book is an attempt to understand the notion of civil society and its relations with democracy and state in the context of West Asia.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Healthcare Management In India by S.k. Srivastava : Rs1197 ISBN: 9788177082449
Healthcare is fundamental to national progress in any sphere. In terms of resources for economic development, nothing can be considered of higher importance than the health of the people which is a measure of their energy, capacity and potential for productive work. Health is a positive state of well being in which the harmonious development of physical and mental capacities of the individual lead to the enjoyment of a rich and full life. It is not a negative state of mere absence of disease. Health further implies complete adjustment of the individual to his total environment, physical and social. Considerable achievements have been made since Independence in 1947 to improve health standards in the country. Nevertheless, problems abound. India has to deal with rising costs of healthcare and growing expectations of the people. The challenge of quality health services in remote rural regions has to be urgently met. AIDS, cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular disease (CVD) and stroke are not only serious health problems but also pose formidable development issues on account of their potential adverse impact on productivity and hence socio-economic development. The present volume comprises 26 research papers—contributed by psychologists, psychiatrists, home scientists, AIDS counsellors, social workers and human resources (HM) experts—which provide deep psycho-social and neurological insights into various dimensions of healthcare challenges being faced by India. Out of 26 papers, 15 papers deal with the pressing problem of HIV/AIDS and the remaining 11 with other physical and mental disorders including cancer, diabetes, depression, inhalant abuse, sleep problems, examination stress and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). These well-researched papers provide valuable information on management of healthcare problems in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human Development In India by Himanshu S. Rout : Rs977 ISBN: 9788177082395
Human development demands that all social groups have equal access to the services provided by the State and equal opportunity for upward economic and social mobility. It is also necessary to ensure that there is no discrimination against any section of the society. The Constitution of India contains various provisions for the development of marginalized groups. Their individual and collective growth, however, cannot be ensured without improving their surroundings and providing basic necessities of life. The major challenges of human development in India are (a) measurement and aggregation of human development, (b) manifestation of poverty in all dimensions of human life, (c) drop out and stagnation in primary education, (d) more demand for higher education than the available facilities, (e) decontextualization of present system of education (f) persistent regional disparities and social inequalities (g) unregulated human activities and unsustainable use of environmental resources and (h) gross under valuation of women’s economic contribution. The book, consisting of 24 scholarly articles, provides valuable material on various dimensions of human development in India. It also makes practicable recommendations in this context.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
School Education In India by S. Kumar Et Al. : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177082265
Since Independence in 1947, there has been an enormous expansion of school education in India. The school segment has adopted and integrated Information and Communication Technology (ICT) to improve quality and productivity in education. However, the existing inequalities prevailing in school education system have led to digital divide. Other problems and challenges facing the system include outdated curriculum, pedagogy, lack of infrastructure, dropouts, teachers’ absenteeism, unequal access, lax administration and slow speed of vocationalization of education. This volume contains 31 papers, authored by the scholars in the field of education, which focus on various dimensions of school education in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Global Economic Crisis And The Indian Economy by M.m. Sury : Rs446 ISBN: 9788177082258
This book is all about current economic crisis, its origin, causes, impact, world response, world economic outlook and lessons to be learnt. The focus of the work, however, is on the impact of global economic crisis on India and the policy response by the Government of India, Reserve Bank of India (RBI), Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) and other agencies. Financial turmoil which surfaced in August 2007 in the US financial system—as a result of defaults of sub-prime mortgage loans—has blown into an unprecedented financial crisis engulfing international money, credit, equity and foreign exchange markets.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Asian Economic And Financial Integration In Global Framework by Pradeep Chauhan : Rs801 ISBN: 9788177082241
This book analyzes the nature of Asia’s merging regionalism, providing a basis for understanding its dimensions and further discussion on ways to move forward. The dynamic and outward-looking style of Asian regionalism can have a significant impact in an increasingly globalized world. Regionalism can be a stabilizing factor when shocks arise, whether region-based or externally-imposed. Europe has a long history of regional integration, underpinned by a strong institutional framework. North America has chosen a free trade area arrangement that does not foresee the creation of supranational institutions. In Latin America, the initial objectives of a common market and coordinated economic policies of Mercado Commum de Sur (MERCOSUR) have suffered setbacks caused by financial turbulence in the region in the late 1990s. The book examines all these global economic and monetary integration processes focusing on Asian monetary and financial integration.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Regional Rural Banks (rrbs) In India by Meenu Agrawal : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177082234
Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) were started in 1975 to cater to the needs of rural economy of India. They pay particular attention to the credit requirements of small farmers, artisans and agricultural workers. They operate mainly at the district level. RRBs have a special place in the multi-agency approach adopted to provide agricultural and rural credit in India. The capital of RRBs is contributed by the Central Government, concerned State Government and a sponsor bank in the ratio 50:15:35. This book contains 18 papers contributed by scholars in the field of rural institutional finance. The papers examine almost every aspect of the functioning of RRBs including geographical coverage, clientele outreach, business volume and contribution to the development of the rural economy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Population, Environment And Development by B.r.k. Sinha : Rs1233 ISBN: 9788177082173
This book is a collection of essays penned by an international group of distinguished scholars from the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Hungary, Romania, South Korea, Japan and India. Contributions included in this book focus on interaction between population, environment and development in various areas of the world. The book provides fresh thoughts and broad understanding of the current issues and challenges to be faced in the present century pertaining to complex inter-relationships between population, environment and development. It makes a significant departure from the existing pattern of literature available on the subject. This book brings together the ideas of scholars in the field of population, environment and development. Their respective contributions are socially relevant for the contemporary society.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Right To Information (rti) And Rural Development In India by S.s. Mishra Et Al. : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177082142
The enactment of the Right to Information (RTI) Act 2005 was a landmark in the history of administration in India. The new legislation has brought sensitivity, responsibility and accountability to the development process in the rural areas. RTI Act is path-breaking in controlling corruption and delays in the implementation of government-sponsored programmes and in the functioning of public authorities. The present book contains 18 research papers contributed by researchers, social thinkers and academicians. They have studied the scope, different provisions, strengths and shortfalls of the RTI Act and made valuable suggestions to make the common man partner in the development efforts for rural India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Environmental Accounting And Reporting by Shuchi Pahuja : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177082203
Environmental accounting at corporate level deals with identification, measurement, recognition and disclosure of environmental costs, liabilities and contingencies in the financial records of a company for the benefit of various internal and external stakeholders. This book provides a broad introduction to the whole area of environmental accounting and reporting (EAR). It covers environmental accounting, environmental reporting, and environmental auditing together as these are interrelated and form a very important part of a company’s comprehensive environmental management system. An attempt has also been made to assess the need for a separate regulatory framework to address these issues more specifically.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Venture Capital Funding by Vandana Panwar : Rs693 ISBN: 9788177082227
Venture capital is a form of equity financing in which the investor actively participates in the venture being financed. Although the concept as such is very old, a formal market for venture capital in the US started only after World War II. A venture capital firm manages funds provided by investors and directs them to the most promising ventures, mainly in the form of equity. This volume, which includes 13 case studies, provides an exhaustive account of the theory and practice of venture capital firms. The reader will gain insight into the operation of venture capital funding in India. The book examines in detail the contracts between venture capital firms and entrepreneurs to determine what provisions are included in these contracts that help in decision-making such as appraisal, screening, self-selection, monitoring, incentivizing and divestment. Experiences of other countries in managing venture capital operations are also explained in the book.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Micro, Small And Medium Enterprises In The Indian Economy- by Pooja : Rs491 ISBN: 9788177082197
Prior to the enactment of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act, 2006, small industries in India comprised tiny, cottage, traditional, village and modern small enterprises. These enterprises were fragmented across various Ministries/Departments of the Government of India for the purpose of development schemes and concessions. In order to streamline procedures, correct discrepancies and avoid neglect of certain sectors, MSMED Act was enacted on June 16, 2006. This Act provides the first-ever legal framework recognising the concept of enterprise (comprising both manufacturing and service entities), defining medium enterprises and integrating the three tiers of these enterprises, namely micro, small and medium. This book deals with various aspects of the development of small enterprises in India, including their advantages, performance and problems. More importantly, it suggests measures which would enhance the competitiveness of small enterprises in order to enable them to compete in the globalised world.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Consumer Behaviour And Rural Marketing In India by Meenu Agrawal : Rs518 ISBN: 9788177082159
The rural consumers in India account for about 73 percent of the total consumers. In recent years, the lifestyle of a large number of rural consumers in India has changed dramatically and the process of change is on. The buying behaviour of the rural consumers is influenced by several factors such as socio-economic conditions, cultural environment, literacy level, occupation, geographical location, efforts on the part of sellers, exposure to media etc. The consumer movement in India till now has been confined to the middle class citizens in urban areas. It has yet to spread among the masses in rural areas. This book is an effort to understand buying behaviour of rural masses which is influenced by a host of diverse factors. The work is useful to understand the Indian rural consumer psyche in order to formulate an appropriate marketing strategy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Empowerment Through Work Participation by Tinku Paul : Rs482 ISBN: 9788177082210
Work participation of women especially in the rural context is being perceived as a policy prescription for removal of rural poverty and the much talked about feminization of poverty. Studies prove that female work participation is highly correlated with reduction in fertility rates, poverty ratios, enhancement of living standards etc. These positive outcomes have often catapulted the policy makers to promote female employment. The concept of empowerment highly depends on the incorporation of agency criterion in its assessment. This book is an attempt to unravel the association between female work participation and empowerment of women.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Six Decades Of Indo-us-pak Relations by B.b. Nagaiach Et Al. : Rs1337 ISBN: 9788177082166
The present book, is unique as it contains chapters dealing with varying subjects like diversities in India, Pakistan and the United States; cooperation between India and US in economic, agricultural and other sectors; US perspective of India and India’s perspective of US; nuclear issues and regional security; Kashmir imbroglio; international terrorism; and strategies of India, Pakistan, US, Russia, and China. The course of events discussed starts from early 1940s and ends with 2009, covering a wide geographical area and a variety of subjects. Thus, not only the spectrum is very wide but the relations (Indo-US-Pak) cover a long span of time, which could only be done by a team composed of an administrator, a military officer, a financial planner-cum-lawyer and a social worker.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Budgets And Budgetary Procedures In India, 1947-48 To 2009-10 by M.m. Sury : Rs1962 ISBN: 9788177082043
This book provides an exhaustive and analytical account of budgetary developments in India since Independence in 1947 with focus on post-1991 reforms. The work is organized into 8 parts, each part containing chapters/information dealing with some aspect of budgetary policy in India. Part I explains the economic role of modern governments, particularly in developing countries. It describes various reasons for state intervention in the working of an economic system with special reference to the provision of public goods. Part II of this work explains (a) constitutional provisions and parliamentary procedures and controls applicable to the budgetary exercise of the Government of India, (b) structure of the Central Government budget, (c) functional, economic and cross-classification of the budget and (d) recent budgetary reforms in India including gender budgeting. Part III is devoted to taxes, expenditure, subsidies and debt liabilities of the Central Government.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Monetary, Banking And Financial Developments In India, 1947-48 To 2008-09 : Rs1872 ISBN: 9788177082067
The present book explains and examines at length the changes which have swept India’s monetary, banking and financial sectors since Independence in 1947, with focus on post-1991 period. The book is organized into 8 parts. Part I deals with money, monetary policy, globalization and changing functions of central banks worldwide. It also focuses on Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and its monetary and credit policies, particularly in the context of price stability and flow of credit to priority sectors of the economy. Monetary policy reforms in India since 1991 are also covered in this part of the book. Part II traces the evolution and the present status of various financial intermediaries in India....

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Agriculture And Rural Development In India Since 1947 by Chandra Sekhar Prasad : Rs1692 ISBN: 9788177082012
The present work traces developments in Indian agriculture and transformation of rural India during the post-Independence period. It explains the key reform measures undertaken for the modernization of agriculture and raising the standard of living of the rural population. Part I of the book, containing 15 chapters, provides a detailed description of the various aspects of agricultural development in India since Independence in 1947. Part II contains 11 chapters which deal with various programmes/schemes to improve the quality of life of the rural masses. Part III provides year-wise review of agricultural developments in India, covering the period 1947-48 to 2008-09. Part IV consists of appendices which provide relevant material on different aspects of Indian agriculture and rural development. Part V contains glossary of agricultural terms. Part VI contains time-series data (1950-51 to 2007-08) on Indian agriculture.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Industry And Infrastructure Development In India Since 1947 by Anup Chatterjee : Rs1746 ISBN: 9788177082036
In India, the tilt towards economic liberalisation started in 1985 when Government announced a series of measures aimed at deregulation and liberalisation of industry. These measures, described as New Economic Policy, were followed by drastic changes introduced by the 1991 Industrial Policy Statement of the Government. Part I of the book contains 10 chapters which trace developments in different aspects of industrialization during the post-Independence period and explain key reform measures undertaken for making Indian industry internationally competitive. Part II consists of 7 chapters which deal with various facets of infrastructure development in India. Part III provides year-wise review of problems, policies and progress of industry and infrastructure in India, covering the period 1947-48 to 2008-09. Part IV consists of appendices which provide relevant material on different aspects of Indian industry and infrastructure. Part V contains glossary of terms related to industry/infrastructure.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Trade Policy And Trends In India, 1947-48 To 2008-09 by Vibha Mathur : Rs1746 ISBN: 9788177082074
In recognition of the growing importance of foreign trade in the Indian economy, this book provides a comprehensive description and analysis of post-Independence developments in India’s foreign trade and allied sectors with focus on post-1991 period. The book covers the following specific topics: Changing Pattern of International Trade; Pre- and Post-Independence Developments in India’s Foreign Trade; Compositional and Directional Shifts in Exports from India; Compositional and Policy Shifts in Imports into India; Foreign Trade Policy in Recent Years; Rationalisation, Simplification and Moderation of Customs Tariff Regime; Current Account Convertibility and Flows; Capital Account Convertibility and Flows; Exchange Rate Determination and Management; Foreign Exchange Reserves; External Debt and Aid; Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and Foreign Portfolio Investment. The book provides special coverage to the following topics: (a) Globalisation and International Trade, (b) Global Economic Crisis and International Trade, (c) India’s Regional Trade Agreements (RTAs), (d) World Trade Organisation (WTO) and India’s Foreign Trade and (e) Global Economic Crisis and the Indian Economy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Constitution, Government And Politics In India by B. Mohanty : Rs1773 ISBN: 9788177081992
Before 1947, India was a dependency of the United Kingdom and consisted of British India, and the Princely States. It encompassed the entire area which now forms the four countries of India, Pakistan, Myanmar, and Bangladesh. Industrialization was limited and lop-sided. Agricultural sector exhibited features of feudal and semi-feudal institutions, resulting into low productivity. The political system was fragmented and the national unity was in danger. The Constitution of India adopted on November 26, 1949, became operative on January 26, 1950. It provides for two layers of Government, one at the Central level, and the other at the level of the States. This book presents a comprehensive description and analysis of the constitution, system of government and dynamics of politics in India, a geographically and demographically vast country inhabited by people professing different religions, speaking variety of languages and adhering to diverse socio-cultural ethos.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Health, Family Planning And Nutrition In India, 1951-56 To 2007-12 by Rameshwari Pandya : Rs1701 ISBN: 9788177082005
At the time of Independence in 1947, health care services in India were utterly inadequate, urban-based and curative in nature. Majority of the population, especially the poor and those residing in rural areas, did not have access to modern health facilities. Consequently, the morbidity and mortality rates were quite high. Similarly, antenatal and postnatal care and services were poor and out of reach for majority of women and their families. This book provides a comprehensive introduction on current status of health and health-related services in India. It explains the procedures, objectives, achievements and failures of India’s Five Year Plans. More importantly, it contains Plan-wise documentation of objectives, policies, programmes and achievements in the areas of public health, family planning and welfare, nutrition, sanitation, safe drinking water, clean environment, indigenous systems of medicine, medical education, and other matters pertaining to health. It also includes health-related statistics.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Information Technology (it) In The Indian Economy by M.s. Bhatt : Rs1134 ISBN: 9788177082050
India has emerged over the last 20 years as the most preferred destination for outsourcing of Information Technology (IT) services. The vibrant IT industry is contributing immensely by providing information about latest technology and international business practices. Various sectors of the Indian economy, such as industry, finance, insurance, communications and transport, have adopted IT in a big way. Trade in IT and IT-enabled services has been the main driver of growth in India’s trade in services in recent years. It is against this backdrop that the present volume seeks to provide answers to some of the key issues and questions. It consists of 16 research papers, authored by eminent scholars in the field, which have been categorised in the following 3 theme parts: Part I: Performance, Challenges and Prospects of Indian IT Sector, Part II: Diffusion (Use) of IT into Other Sectors of the Economy and Part III: Social Aspects of IT Sector.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Modern Banking In India by R.k. Uppal : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177082128
The key objective of reforms in the banking sector in India since early 1990s has been to enhance the stability and efficiency of banks. The enactment of the Securitisation, Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest (SARFAESI) Act, 2002 was an important landmark in the ongoing reforms in the financial sector. The Act enables the setting up of asset management companies, addressing the problem of non-performing assets (NPAs) of banks and financial institutions and enhancing creditor rights. The present volume contains 16 well-researched papers dealing with different aspects of current banking practices in India. The papers, authored by experts in the field, explain and evaluate Indian banking system in the liberalised regime and offer policy recommendations for improving efficiency of banks to achieve standards comparable to best international practices.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Health Tourism In India by M. Sarngadharan : Rs486 ISBN: 9788177082111
The quality of service coupled with comparatively low charges for common surgeries has made India an attractive destination for medical value travel. The main clientele comes from the neighbouring countries but an increasing number of non-resident Indians (NRIs) settled in the US and the UK have also been availing of the healthcare services in India. The competitiveness of India in health tourism is enhanced by the attractiveness of the alternative systems of medicine, Ayurveda in particular, for the foreign tourists. With yoga, meditation, ayurveda, allopathy and natural herbal treatments, India offers a unique basket of services to foreign patient-tourists that are difficult to match by other countries. The present work deals with the successful efforts in marketing health tourism products internationally, possessing glorious traditions of India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Business Environment In India by R.k. Uppal : Rs603 ISBN: 9788177082135
Business environment in India has improved considerably after the initiation of economic reforms in early 1990s. Domestic and foreign investors are finding it easier to do business after the reforms which are aimed at reorientation of the centrally controlled economy to a market-oriented one in order to foster greater efficiency and growth. This is being done by introducing greater competition in the economy through progressive internal deregulation accompanied by external competition promoted by foreign direct investment and trade liberalisation. No area of the Indian economy has been as much influenced by the impulses of reforms as the industrial sector. This work comprises 21 research papers dealing with various aspects of current business scenario in India. The papers, authored by experts in the field, examine economic policies of the Indian Government and throw up issues for discussion among academicians, policy makers and others interested in latest trends in the Indian economy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Corporate Governance In India by Sunita Sharma : Rs608 ISBN: 9788177081961
This book gives an insight into corporate governance practices in India. It expounds semantics of governance and tenets of corporate governance. It demonstrates corporate governance objectives, strategies, policies, ethics and disclosure practices in India. It also traces evolution of corporate governance in India. Aspects of corporate governance examined in the book include, inter alia, shareholding patterns, CEO duality, CEO pay and performance, role of nominee directors, multiple directorship, board committee membership, performance appraisal of board members, remuneration of directors and CEO succession planning. A distinguished feature of the book is the comprehensive analysis of corporate governance practices sector-wise, on the basis of director typology and relationship between various attributes of corporate governance and the financial performance of the companies.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Regional Economic Disparities In India by V. Nachimuthu : Rs486 ISBN: 9788177081954
Balanced regional development has always been an essential component of the Indian development strategy in order to ensure the unity and integrity of the nation. Since not all parts of the country are equally well endowed to take advantage of growth opportunities, and since historical inequalities have not been eliminated, planned intervention is required to ensure that large regional imbalances do not occur. Successive plans have stressed the need to develop backward regions of the country. In promoting regional balanced development, public sector enterprises were located in most backward areas of the country. It has helped these areas in terms of development of infrastructure, employment opportunities, and growth of ancillary industries to a limited extent. With a view to addressing the problem of regional inequalities, a new initiative in the form of the Rashtriya Sam Vikas Yojana (RSVY) was operationalised in the Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-07). It aimed at focused developmental programmes, primarily to fill gaps, for backward areas which would help reduce imbalances, speed up development and help these areas to overcome poverty, besides facilitating the States to move up the ladder of reforms. The present work describes and examines various dimensions of regional economic disparities in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Rural Development And Poverty Eradication In India by N. Mukundan : Rs477 ISBN: 9788177081947
The development of rural India is imperative for inclusive and equitable growth and to unlock huge potential of the population that is presently trapped in poverty. The root cause of social insecurity in India is poverty and that is largely due to lack of adequate or productive employment opportunities. Agricultural growth is crucial for alleviating rural poverty. Similarly, development of rural industries is the key to rural development. These industries are generally artisan-based, located mostly in rural and semi-urban areas. Rural credit is another significant component of rural development strategy. Access to institutional credit to more farmers and appropriate quantity and quality of agricultural credit are crucial for realizing the full potential of agriculture as a profitable activity. This book deals with various aspects of rural development in India with focus on rural poverty.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Human Development by H.s. Rout : Rs864 ISBN: 9788177081985
Human development is a relative concept and it needs to be understood from an interdisciplinary perspective. It includes widening of choices, expansion of freedom and fulfillment of human rights. The human development index (HDI) in the UNDP’s Human Development Report (HDR) considers literacy rate, life expectancy at birth along with GDP per head for the purpose. It is important to understand an appropriate methodology for measuring human development and its linkage with economic development. This book addresses specific problems and issues pertaining to human development. The main themes which the book covers include theoretical issues in human development, measurement, determinants and various dimensions and strategies for sustainable human development.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India-china Relations by Bhawna Pokharna : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177081923
India and China are the emerging superpowers of the world and together they can make 21st century an Asian Century. Immense scope lies for both India and China for constructive and cooperative partnership in various fields. This book examines India-China bilateral relations from various angles including regional and global dimensions. The book describes and examines age-old cultural exchanges, shared perceptions during freedom struggles and post-Independence and post-Revolution concerns of the two countries. Border problem and Tibet factor are hurdles in the way of India-China smooth relations. These problems require solution on lasting basis if bilateral economic cooperation between the two countries is to be promoted. Current trends and prospects of India-China relations are discussed in this context.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women, Working Conditions And Efficiency by Veena Gandotra : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177081978
The study of anatomical, physiological and psychological aspects of human beings in their working environment is important to ensure that the work fits the job to the man rather than the man to the job. In a semi-industrialized country like India, the working class is one of the weakest sections of society. And society being male-dominated, women workers receive still poor recognition/value. It is not that there are no statutory provisions to ensure fair working conditions for women in India. In fact, the Constitution of India provides equal rights and opportunities to both the genders. In addition, there are specific provisions for protection and welfare of working women in many of the labour laws. However, most of these legislations do not cover agriculture and units in small and informal sectors which are the predominant workplaces of women.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Iran And Post-9/11 World Order by Anwar Alam : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177081909
Recent years have witnessed the intensification of international debates on Iranian nuclear programme. This book aims to further enrich the understanding on the issue of nature of Iranian nuclear programme that Iran claims to be meant for peaceful purposes, while the western powers suspect the Iranian intent and appear to be determined to block its nuclear ambition. It attempts to situate the Iranian nuclear discourse and international debates concerning the nature of Iranian nuclear programme within the emerging contour of post 9/11 world order. Within this framework, the book seeks to capture the orientations, engagements and responses of the major powers of the world as well as regional powers towards Iran, particularly its nuclear programme in post 9/11 period.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Banking With Technology by R.k.uppal : Rs473 ISBN: 9788177081510
India’s banking sector has made rapid strides in reforming and aligning itself to the new competitive business environment. Indian banking industry is in the midst of an IT revolution. Technological infrastructure has become an indispensable part of the reforms process in the banking system, with the gradual development of sophisticated instruments and innovations in market practices. In India, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has taken active interest in developing appropriate technological infrastructure to facilitate market development in areas such as payment and settlement systems, Delivery versus Payment (DvP) and Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT). This book contains 19 articles by scholars specialising in the area of banking technology. It provides an insight into the current developments and future of technology upgradation in the Indian banking industry.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Buyback Of Shares In India by Tanupa Chakraborty : Rs504 ISBN: 9788177081619
Buyback of shares by companies is a relatively new concept in India. There are several reasons as to why a company might buyback its own shares: (a) it gives the company flexibility to make adjustments in the capital structure, (b) company can boost operating profits and earning per share, (c) it deters an impending takeover bid, (d) company can correct perceived undervaluation of its shares and (e) it can arrest downward trend in shares prices. In view of these benefits, the introduction of buyback in the corporate sector of India has found favour with the regulatory authorities and received favourable response from the Indian companies. The present book examines a number of relevant issues concerning buyback of shares by companies in India including a comprehensive review of the theory underlying buyback operations, legislative provisions governing share buyback, accounting and reporting aspects of buyback and buyback provisions and practices prevailing in other parts of the world.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Commercial Banks In India by Benson Kunjukunju : Rs666 ISBN: 9788177081503
Banking sector in India has undergone remarkable changes since the nationalisation of 14 major commercial banks in 1969. The geographical and functional coverage of banks has surged at a rate that is unprecedented in the world. Nationalisation of commercial banks in 1969 and 1980 was a mixed blessing. Reforms have brought about considerable improvements as reflected in various parameters relating to capital adequacy, asset quality, profitability and operational efficiency. Unfortunately, commercial banks continue to face the problem of non-performing assets (NPAs). The present volume deals with various aspects related to the development of commercial banks in India, with particular focus on post-liberalisation (1991 onwards) developments.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Customer Relationship Management In Indian Banking Industry by R.k. Uppal : Rs504 ISBN: 9788177081527
Customer Relationship Management (CRM) is fundamental to building a customer-centric organisation. CRM system links together the customer data into single and logical customer repository. CRM in banking is a key element of differentiation that allows a bank to develop its customer base and sales capacity. The goal of CRM is to manage all aspects of customer interactions in a manner that enables banks to maximise profitability from every customer. Banks can develop customer relationships across a broad spectrum of touch points —branches, kiosks, ATMs, internet, electronic banking, smart cards, call centres and phone banking. The full integration of these systems, their associated business processes, and the methods for which information is extracted and used, forms the basis for CRM. This book examines issues related to changing banking industry and the challenges in customer relationship management (CRM).

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Reforms, Unemployment And Poverty by Meenu Agrawal : Rs567 ISBN: 9788177081589
Poverty and unemployment are the two most formidable problems of the Indian economy. Indian economy took a new direction when the Government announced its new industrial policy in the Parliament in July 1991. Since then, the economic reforms process has encompassed all areas of the economy. The wide-ranging reforms, initiated and implemented since 1991, have induced greater efficiency and competitiveness in all spheres of economic activity. How these reforms have impacted on the growth pattern in terms of employment generation and reduction in poverty is a matter of intense debate among economists and social scientists. The present work is a small contribution to the existing and growing body of literature on various aspects of economic reforms in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Gender And Development In India by Himanshu Sekar Rout : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177081534
Ensuring gender parity has become a great challenge for the modern world. Gender equality forms part of development strategy in many countries of the world including India. When both men and women have equal access to services and resources, enjoy equal rights, and get equal opportunities to develop skills and capabilities then the development of the country is fast and balanced. The volume has emerged from the research papers contributed by social scientists and academicians from different parts of India, focusing on specific gender-related issues. Both primary and secondary data have been used by the authors to analyse the problems and conclude with suggestions. The main themes which the volume covers are: agriculture and gender development, micro credit financing and women empowerment, role of Self-help Groups (SHGs) and NGOs in socio-economic development of women and health and education of women.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India And West Asia In The Era Of Globalisation by Anwar Alam : Rs707 ISBN: 9788177081541
India’s foreign policy posture in recent years, particularly towards the region of West Asia and North Africa (WANA), has been a subject of intense debate. India’s growing relationship with the US and Israel, and its ‘lukewarm stand’ on Iraqi crisis and Iranian nuclear issue has been seen as a fundamental shift in the Indian foreign policy exercise. Critics have accused the succeeding Indian governments during the past one and half decades of abandoning its ‘independent’ foreign policy, of deviating from Nehruvian national consensus in foreign policy matters, and towing the pro-American line. Others have argued that the radical shift in the orientation of Indian foreign policy in terms of its pro- American tilt bears the mark of “realism” and “pragmatism” that is dictated by the demand of globalisation. Therefore, at a broader level, this book seeks to capture the emerging orientation of Indian state vis-à-vis the region of WANA in the context of globalisation. In particular, it examines the political, economic, cultural, security and diasporic dimensions of the evolving relationship between India and countries of WANA in the context of globalisation.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Management Wisdom Of Lord Krishna by Udai Vir Singh : Rs797 ISBN: 9788177081602
In recent years, the Western management education and training citadels such as Harvard, Kellogg, Wharton and several others have experienced persistent failure of their modern management technology to inspire executive trainees and students to stay perpetually motivated in the face of growing challenges posed by economic liberalisation and globalisation sweeping across the world. Hence, modern management minds are looking for solutions beyond the reservoir of Western management thoughts and practices. They have examined and experimented with the Japanese and Chinese systems of management. Of late, the focus has shifted to Indian philosophy to find solutions to re-occurring irritants in efficient management practices. The present work is an attempt at systematic presentation of the vital management contents as enshrined in Bhagavad Gita, the eternal Song of Wisdom. The book is a running treatise comprising principles, percepts and practices employed by Lord Krishna to achieve his mission incarnate objectives.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Maritime Security For India by K.r. Singh : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177081565
India, part of a land-locked sub-continent, has no option but to emphasise its maritime perspective if it has to attain its destined role in the emerging regional and global order. Despite its inherited continental mindset, Indian elite has, over the decades, taken slow but steady steps in the field of maritime development. India has also learnt the hard lesson that a nation which neglects its maritime defence can even lose its sovereignty. Post-Cold War environment has offered India multiple options to strengthen its maritime security through regional and international cooperation. This has assumed strategic significance in view of the new threat posed by maritime terrorism. The book evaluates India’s maritime defence capability in the years to come. It also analyses challenges that are likely to be posed as also options that are available to neutralize them.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Space, Memory And Jewish National Identity by M.h. Ilias : Rs491 ISBN: 9788177081572
This book is an attempt to analyse the evolution of territorial orbit of the Jewish national identity through three seminal events in the Jewish history, namely diaspora, emigration to Palestine and the creation of the State of Israel. Parallel to it, this work seeks to analyse how space and memory as constituents of Jewish identity are refashioned in each stage in nationalist history, mustering up three overlapping areas of humanities and social science, viz. geography, memory and identity. It also examines community’s relations with geography and memory and their bid to create space and narratives to serve the purpose of the present.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Us Perceptions Of Iran by A.k. Ramakrishnan : Rs477 ISBN: 9788177081596
The ongoing rivalry between the United States and Iran is an important facet of contemporary international politics. This book traces the roots and manifestations of American perceptions of Iran with particular focus on the Iranian Revolution. It analyses the nature of American orientalism and epistemological moorings of Middle East area studies in the United States so that one is able to grasp the stock of images and gamut of ideas that shape American perceptions of Iran. It brings forth the Islamic political discourses and the political economy factors that contributed to the Iranian Revolution and shows the basic flaws of American views and analyses of it. American perceptions are studied here by undertaking a thorough-going critical analysis of policy documents, memoirs of policy makers and academic writings. This study provides a refreshing break from usual foreign policy analysis by paying attention to the realm of ideas that constitute policies and perceptions.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Centre-state Financial Relations In India - 1870 To 2010 by M.m. Sury : Rs1728 ISBN: 9788177081688
India’s present fiscal structure is the result of a gradual evolution, dating back to December 14, 1870 when the resolution of Lord Mayo, Viceroy of India, was issued. The Mayo resolution explained the scheme by which the Government of India envisaged enlargement of the powers and responsibilities of the Provinces. The process of decentralisation of functions and finances in India will complete 140 years with the termination of the recommendations of the Twelfth Finance Commission in March 2010. This book traces the developments in the federal structure of India over this period. The work provides a detailed description and analysis of the evolution and the present nature of Centre-State financial relations in India and explains the existing constitutional arrangements for intergovernmental financial transfers and the role of the Finance Commission and the Planning Commission in effecting these transfers. The book consists of 27 chapters which explain different dimensions of fiscal federalism in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Investment In India - 1947-48 To 2007-08 by Niti Bhasin : Rs1341 ISBN: 9788177081756
In the wake of economic liberalisation policy initiated in 1991, the Government of India has taken several measures to encourage foreign investment, both direct and portfolio, in almost all sectors of the economy. However, the emphasis has been on foreign direct investment (FDI) inflows in the development of infrastructure, technological upgradation of industry and setting up Special Economic Zones (SEZs). The present book deals with almost all aspects of foreign investment in India. It particularly focuses on current policies and procedures for foreign direct investment as well as foreign portfolio investment. Foreign investment policies of other countries have also been highlighted to make suitable comparisons with India’s policies in order to underscore the measures that are needed to attract higher levels of foreign capital and technology.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
E-governance: A Comprehensive Framework by D.n. Gupta : Rs1476 ISBN: 9788177081695
The book draws on the diagnostic study of E-Governance projects in India, carried out with an objective to capture the inter-dependence of technology (IT), people (functionaries), processes and systems. The study employed a combination of participatory and management tools and techniques. Through in-depth analysis and academic rigour, the book covers the following vital aspects of E-Governance: (a) Business Process Reengineering (BPR) and change management, (b) Strategy formulation, and (c) Citizen-centric E-Governance system design. The book emphasises that the success of E-Governance initiatives hinges on institutional changes and not only on introduction of IT, and it requires a coherent integration of IT, people and the processes. The National e-Governance Plan (NeGP) in India has provided a big platform for scaling up initiatives under E-Governance across the country. It offers big opportunity for the Government to transform its functioning.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Indian Banking In The Globalised World by R.k. Uppal : Rs518 ISBN: 9788177081749
Banking sector reforms have supported the transition of the Indian economy to a higher growth path, while significantly improving the stability of the financial system. In comparison with the pre-reform period, the Indian banking system today is more stable and efficient. Competitive pressures as well as prudential regulatory requirements have made banks risk-averse as reflected in their tendency to investment in relatively risk-free gilt instruments. The present book addresses issues like Basel – II Accord guidelines, second generation banking sector reforms, cost-benefit and productivity analysis of Indian banks, danger zone banks, privatisation and comparative efficiency of Indian banks and the recent reform measures.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Banking Services And Information Technology by R.k. Uppal : Rs513 ISBN: 9788177081763
Banking sector in India has been a major beneficiary of the inroads made by information technology. Many new processes, products and services offered by banks and other financial intermediaries are now IT-centred. Effective integration of technology with sound business practices requires business process re-engineering and banks in India need to follow up on the beginnings made in this regard. Another major development witnessed in recent years is the growth in multiple delivery channels to customers such as internet-based banking, mobile banking and anywhere banking. These developments have, however, also posed certain challenges. In a world where geographical barriers are losing significance, it is essential that security is given prime importance in a transnational scenario where large sums of money are at stake.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
New Century's Dictionary Of Insurance : Rs522 ISBN: 9788177081633
Insurance services account for a major component of the tertiary sector of an economy. Hence, a vibrant insurance industry can substantially contribute in accelerating the growth rate of the economy. The various aspects of insurance industry include, inter alia, marketing strategies, product designing, product pricing, risk management and the use of information technology. This dictionary is designed to provide a useful, reliable and readable guide to insurers, researchers, analysts, policy makers and all those who are interested in the insurance industry. Both beginners and seasoned professionals will find it full of indispensable facts.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
New Century's Dictionary Of Economics : Rs612 ISBN: 9788177081626
Economics is not an easy subject to master. However, an increasing number of people wish to acquire a working knowledge of economic terms and concepts in their daily life. This dictionary is designed to provide a useful, reliable and readable guide to the all-pervasive field of modern economics. It contains a careful selection of key terms and concepts in economics which are considered important for a cross-section of readers including teachers and students of economics, commerce, law and management. This valuable reference work will also be useful for bankers, corporate executives, legislators and government officials. Both beginners and seasoned professionals will find it full of indispensable facts.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
New Century's Dictionary Of Public Finance : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177081640
The government is big and important in our times. We depend on the government to protect ourselves against external aggression, internal disorders, pollution, epidemics, social injustice, exploitation, unemployment and poverty. Furthermore, a government is expected to (a) provide educational, medical and housing facilities, (b) build roads, bridges and communication networks, (c) ensure personal freedom and enforcement of contracts and (d) maintain democratic institutions and cordial relations with foreign countries. Though the list is not exhaustive, it does provide an idea of the amplitude of the multifarious activities of modern governments. Public finance, as an important branch of economics, deals with government budgeting, taxation, public expenditure, borrowings, deficit financing, and intergovernmental financial relations. This dictionary contains a careful selection of key terms and concepts in public finance.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Rural Development In India by A. Vinayak Reddy Et. Al. : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177081732
Rural infrastructure in India, though much improved than prior to economic reforms, is not commensurate with emerging challenges of globalisation to the rural economy. Rural skills are either untapped or underutilised. Upgradation of rural technologies has not been taking place satisfactorily to cater to the needs of unemployed rural youth. Rural artisans are not finding proper place in the rural economic arena and they are not having adequate opportunities to prove their worth. In the face of increasing consumerism, traditional rural activities are loosing their importance. Rural artisans without proper credit, raw material and market are not in a position to cope with emerging challenges. The rural artisans, like farmers, are also committing suicides. The rural youth in general and the educated youth in particular are deprived of employment opportunities due to digital divide. The present book has covered major issues pertaining to impacts of globalisation on rural sector of India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women Welfare And Empowerment In India by Rameshwari Pandya : Rs1647 ISBN: 9788177081725
In India, policies and programmes of the government at different levels cover various dimensions and strategies of gender development. Over the years, efforts have been made to empower women socially, economically and politically. Although the Constitutional commitments to women find reflections in the planning process, legislations, policies and programmes of the Central and State Governments yet the current socio-economic status of women is unsatisfactory in terms of almost all important indicators of human development. This book focusing on specific gender-related issues, contains 42 research contributions related to women issues. These contributions have been categorised into the following 6 Theme Parts. (a) Health, Nutrition and Fertility of Women, (b) Education and Training of Women, (c) Employment of Women, (d) Self-help Groups (SHGs) and Empowerment of Women, (e) Problems of Rural Women and (f) Women, Media, Politics and Human Rights.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Financial Sector Of India by R.k. Uppal : Rs576 ISBN: 9788177081886
Financial markets and institutions need to evolve considerably in order to keep up with the requirements of Indian firms and Indian investors in coming years. The corporate bond market is moribund and will have to be revived and a number of missing markets will have to be created, including exchange traded interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives contracts. But even in markets that exist, apart from the equity market for large capitalization stock, the ability to trade consistently at low cost and the tendency of market prices to reflect fundamentals are typically low for most markets. This book contains 14 papers, authored by scholars in the field, which deal with various dimensions of emerging financial scenario in India. The book is topical and useful for a cross-section of readership.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Services Sector In India by A. Vijayakumar : Rs612 ISBN: 9788177081893
Since the early 1990s, the growth process in India has been marked by a remarkable performance of services sector. While software exports are a well-known success story, India is now an important venue for many tasks in services such as financial accounting, call centres, processing insurance claims, and medical transcription. This book explains recent policy measures by the Government of India to make India’s services sector internationally competitive. The book focuses on the following services: financial services, IT and IT-enabled services, retail trading services, healthcare services, insurance services, educational services, transport and communication services, and tourism. It also includes a chapter on taxation of services in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Women In The Indian Economy by V.s. Ganesamurthy : Rs477 ISBN: 9788177081862
The Constitution of India confers equal rights and opportunities on men and women in the political, economic and social spheres. The policy framework within which efforts are being made to ensure gender equality has been spelt out by the National Policy for the Empowerment of Women (2001). India’s commitment to gender equality is further evidenced by the fact that it is a signatory to Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW), which was ratified on 25-6-1993 (with one reservation and two declaratory statements). The most significant achievement of recent years has been the reservation of one-third of the seats for women in panchayats and local bodies through the 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments. This has brought about a million women into positions of decision-making and has contributed significantly to the political empowerment of women. State Human Development Reports (HDRs) have emerged as a powerful tool for advocacy of for gender justice since their inception in 1995. This book contains 8 essays, authored by eminent scholars, on different facets of women’s involvement in the Indian economy. Besides, it contains material from India’s Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) concerning welfare, development and empowerment of women in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Afro-asian Conflcits by Seema Shekhawat : Rs657 ISBN: 9788177081831
The issues of conflict and peace are of immense relevance in the post-cold war scenario, which has witnessed an unprecedented rise in violent conflicts locally with global ramifications. Whether it is Asia or Africa or other continents, the conflicts have been protracted with horrendous consequences. This volume looks at some of the conflicts in Asia and Asia, commonly referred to as the third world, and their political and humanitarian dimensions. It aims at exploring causes and changing contours of these conflicts with focus on costs and consequences. By emphasising on these twin aspects, this volume brings into forefront victimisation of common people caught in conflict situations. The subject of conflict being one of the focal areas in international politics, the book would be of interest to a vast readership globally. It would be helpful to researchers, international, governmental as well as non-governmental organisations and policy makers dealing with issues related to conflict, peace, displacement and human rights.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Sixty Years Of Indian Economy, 1947 To 2007 (2 Vol. Set) by C.s. Prasad, Vibha Mathur : Rs3483 ISBN: 9788177081329
At the time of Independence in 1947, India was a typically backward economy. Owing to poor technological and scientific capabilities, industrialisation was limited and lop-sided. Agricultural sector exhibited features of feudal and semi-feudal institutions, resulting into low productivity. Means of transport and communications were underdeveloped, educational and health facilities inadequate, and social security measures virtually non-existent. In brief, poverty was rampant and unemployment widespread, both making for low general standard of living. This book provides a comprehensive description and analysis of developments in various sectors of the Indian economy since Independence. It particularly focuses on reform measures undertaken since 1991. The areas covered are: human resources, five year plans, economic reforms, agriculture, industry, infrastructure, fiscal policy, money and prices, banking and finance, employment and labour welfare, social security, environment and foreign trade.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Fiscal Policy Developments In India, 1947 To 2007 by M.m. Sury : Rs1602 ISBN: 9788177081350
Fiscal policy is an important instrument of the general economic policy of a government. It is concerned with the use of a government's taxation and expenditure powers to influence economic activities in an economy at the aggregate level. Through the medium of budget, fiscal policy determines the level of taxation, public expenditure, borrowings and the issue of additional currency by a government. The external payments crisis of 1991 in India, which led to the initiation of economic reforms, was the result of deteriorating fiscal situation during the latter half of 1980s. Fiscal imbalance was identified as the underlying cause of the twin problems of inflation and the difficult balance of payments position. This book provides an exhaustive and analytical account of fiscal developments in India since Independence in 1947 with focus on post-1991 reforms. The book is organised into 10 parts, each part containing chapters/information dealing with some aspect of fiscal policy in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
E-banking In India by R.k. Uppal Et. Al. : Rs522 ISBN: 9788177081374
Electronic banking (E-banking) is a generic term encompassing internet banking, telephone banking, mobile banking etc. Several initiatives taken by the Government of India as well as the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) have facilitated the development of E-banking in India. The Government of India enacted the IT Act, 2000 with effect from October 17, 2000, which provides legal recognition to electronic transactions and other means of electronic commerce. The existing regulatory framework over banks has also been extended to E-banking. It covers various issues that fall within the framework of technology, security standards and legal and regulatory issues. This book contains 12 articles by scholars specialising in the area of banking.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Urban Development And Housing In India, 1947 To 2007 by Rishi Muni Dwivedi : Rs873 ISBN: 9788177081237
Urbanisation is a natural consequence of economic changes that take place as a country develops. At the same time, urbanisation helps to contribute to the growth process at large. Housing is an activity that is typically labour intensive and, therefore, fits in well with the pattern of development envisaged for India. The provision of shelter is a basic need which must be met. Housing construction also creates much-needed employment for the unskilled and, therefore, income for the relatively poor. Urban and housing policies have been witnessing a continuous change since the launching of the First Five Year Plan in 1951, and particularly so since 1991. Part I of this work provides a detailed introduction to urban development and housing policies in India. Part II of the book presents edited extracts on the subject from India’s Five Year Plans. Part III contains select schemes of urban development and housing which are presently in operation.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Reforms, Human Welfare And Sustainable Development In India by Narayan C Nayak : Rs567 ISBN: 9788177081466
Since the introduction of economic reforms in India in early 1990s, the major thrust of the country has been to achieve faster economic growth, higher export earnings, greater foreign exchange reserves, and enhanced foreign direct investment. Enormous efforts have been directed towards achieving the desired goals in all these macro-economic parameters. While it is heartening to note the accomplishments at the macro-economic front, it is equally disturbing to note that the enhanced rate of economic growth has failed to address certain issues of vital importance. These issues and concerns include, inter alia, the dynamics of labour market, progress of the agriculture sector, gender equality, caste representations, cultural development and environmental protection. Given the above, the present book, containing 16 articles authored by experts in the field, attempts to make a critical scrutiny of various strategic aspects of India’s development efforts during the post-reforms period. The book is divided into three broad theme parts: (i) economic reforms and social sectors, (ii) women, labour and socio-cultural perspectives and (iii) management of natural resources and environmental protection.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Reforms In India by B.b. Mansuri Et. Al. : Rs594 ISBN: 9788177081312
Economic reforms in India were set in motion, though on a modest scale, when controls on industries were reduced by the 1985 industrial policy. The economic reforms programme got a big boost when the Government announced a new industrial policy in the Indian Parliament on July 24, 1991. Since then, it is liberalisation, privatisation and globalisation all the way and the process is underway. The process of economic reforms in India initiated in 1991 seems irreversible. There is enough evidence that Government is withdrawing, though gradually, as a controller and licenser of private activity and allowing competition and market forces to guide investment decisions. The debate on the dimensions, achievements and failures of economic reforms is raging in the country. The present book is designed to contribute to the existing body of literature available on economic reforms. It consists of 21 papers authored by scholars in the area of economic policy of India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Globalisation And Development Of Backward Areas by G. Satyanarayana : Rs563 ISBN: 9788177081497
Globalisation is widely seen as the most important factor that could influence economies of nations the world over in the new millennium. The rapid advancement in information technology and communications has made it not just possible but absolutely essential for industry the world over to adapt or fall by the wayside. The issue that concerns developing countries is how one can ensure greater participation of the weaker economies, particularly backward regions of these economies, in the global process and what needs to be done to ensure that the course of globalisation benefits more people in more countries. The socio-economically disadvantaged are yet to benefit from reform policies. The challenge to overcome the scourge of poverty remains a daunting task. This book analyses the trend towards globalisation and focuses on implications of it for backward regions of India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Foreign Exchange Risk Management by Nidhi Jain : Rs518 ISBN: 9788177081473
In the early 1990s, the forex market in India was in the initial stages of development and suffered from several shortcomings. The spot as well as forward markets lacked depth and liquidity. The market was skewed with a handful of public sector banks accounting for bulk of merchant business and foreign banks handling most of inter-bank business. In line with the liberalisation measures undertaken in other areas, various reform measures have been introduced in the foreign exchange market to make it liquid, vibrant, open and market-determined. With the introduction of market-determined exchange rate, companies have been exposed to risks of fluctuating rates which divert their attention from day-to-day corporate affairs. Management of risk associated with exchange rate is a new challenge for company managers. What is this risk? What are the perceptions of corporate managers about it? How to cope with it? These are the issues and solutions discussed in this book.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Currency Convertibility by Sumati Varma : Rs522 ISBN: 9788177081381
Currency convertibility, as an aspect of a country’s exchange rate policy, refers to the ease with which domestic currency can be traded for foreign currency, for a particular usage and at a given exchange rate. Current account convertibility was introduced in India in August 1994 with the acceptance of the obligations under Article VIII of the IMF’s Articles of Agreement. This drastic measure contributed significantly to boost India’s exports. Presently, there is almost full convertibility on the current account and partial convertibility on the capital account. This book explains and examines various aspects of currency convertibility risks and their management. It discusses convertibility experiences of a number of Latin American countries (Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, Venezuela) and selected countries of East and South-East Asia (Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia). The experiences of these countries, in a comparative perspective, will help to understand the requisites of a regime of sustainable convertibility.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Traditional Industries Of India In The Globalised World by M. Sarngadharan Et. Al. : Rs563 ISBN: 9788177081435
The traditional industries of India include handloom, handicrafts, coir, cashew, beedi, tiles and bricks and other household industrial activities carried out in the rural parts of the country. Indian economy has been endowed with eco-friendly products of traditional industrial sector which has a glorious past and world-wide reputation. This sector of the economy has been generating employment opportunities in the rural areas and also earning foreign exchange through large-scale exports. In the liberalised economy of India, there are fears that the traditional industries may wipe off owing to the presence and pressures of large industrial enterprises, both domestic and foreign. It, thus, becomes the social obligation of the Government and the society as a whole to protect this sector and preserve the traditional skills of the artisans and the workers. Artisan guilds, cooperatives, consortiums, self-help groups and association of enterprises should contribute in this endeavour. The present work is an attempt to assess the potential of selected traditional industrial activities.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India's Oilseeds Economy by A. Vinayak Reddy : Rs522 ISBN: 9788177081305
India has made satisfactory progress in raising the production of foodgrains, fruits, vegetables, sugar and other plantation crops. However, shortfalls in the production of oilseeds and pulses are concerns for the planners for a long time. The Technology Mission on Oilseeds (1986) achieved some initial success but the continued expansion in population caused demand for edible oils to rise which the domestic output is unable to meet. Given the current low productivity levels and the limitations to raising productivity levels, the country’s dependence on imports to meet almost half of the demand for edible oils is unavoidable. The present study unveils many burning issues related to the oilseeds sector. Trends in area, production and yield are thoroughly discussed.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Supply Chain Management by Jayashree Dubey : Rs603 ISBN: 9788177081428
This book focuses on concepts, principles and real life experiences which improve understanding of the Supply Chain Management (SCM). Available information has been analysed and synthesised across many disciplines, such as purchase and supply management, marketing, organisational dynamics, logistic and transportation management, information technology, strategic management, and operations management. Companies that make use of e-business to redefine supply chain integration achieve significant increase in their efficiency and competitive edge over their competitors. The next few years will see an explosion of e-enabled supply chain management as visionary companies develop new paradigms of e-business for the future.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Retail Management by R. Sudarshan : Rs576 ISBN: 9788177081480
Indian retail business is undergoing dramatic transformation. The retail sector employs about 8 per cent of the country’s workforce and is characterised by a high degree of fragmentation with over 5 million outlets. The structure of a country’s retail sector has an enormous influence on marketing strategy and marketing activities of firms. The Indian retail sector has arrived at a very critical stage. Stores in modern formats have emerged in the metropolitan cities but the bulk of the retail sales still take place through traditional retail formats. The emergence of new formats of retailing has attracted the attention of government functionaries, company managers and economic analysts. This book analyses the developments in retailing in India. It consists of 20 papers authored by scholars in the field.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India-west Asia Relations by M.h. Ilias, Et. Al : Rs576 ISBN: 9788177081398
This study represents an attempt to investigate the cultural component of India-West Asia relations from various angles. It is an attempt to fill the vacuum in existing literature on cultural aspects of India-West Asia relations. It not only contributes to the cultural aspects of India-West Asia relations but also reflects the concern over some of the deep-rooted and widely-held myths regarding clash of civilization thesis and globalization. Cultural relations between India and West Asia must be placed in a broad context, which encompasses the disciplines like history, sociology, anthropology, cultural studies and international relations. In the age of re-mapping territories, collapsing cultural frontiers and expanding hybridization of cultural identities, a remarkable interest in this mix has sprung up. This volume brings together scholars from different disciplines. The result is the discussion of a broader range of issues related to the cultural content of India-West Asia relations.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Emerging India In Asia-pacific by Y. Yagama Reddy : Rs711 ISBN: 9788177081299
The termination of Cold War brought in a radical change in the perceptions and approaches of the regional powers towards regional cooperation. India’s gradual integration with ASEAN, the enlargement of ASEAN into a full-fledged regional grouping, ASEAN’s Summit level dialogues with China, Japan and Korea, (ASEAN+3), and India (ASEAN+1), have all kept the spirit of regional cooperation high. Having steered its Look East Policy as a means of getting integrated with East Asia, India is now committed to consolidating the partnerships at various levels. India is not only being projected as a counter-balance to China, but also considered as a bridge to the markets of other Asian Countries. The multidisciplinary character of the contents and treatment in this volume is obvious. the book is useful for all those concerned with India's sustained engagement with its eastern neighbours.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Taxation In India - 1925 To 2007 by M.m. Sury : Rs1764 ISBN: 9788177081152
This book provides an exhaustive and critical account of the various aspects of the Indian tax system. It places current developments in the field of taxation in perspective. This work traces the structural evolution, explains the legal framework, and describes the present system of taxation. the book reproduces edited extracts from the reports on taxation published by the Government of India between 1925 and 2006. The book also contains time-series data (1950-51 to 2004-05) on tax revenues of Central and State Governments in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Sixty Years Of Indian Industry - 1947 To 2007 by Anup Chatterjee : Rs1404 ISBN: 9788177081107
The present work traces the developments in Indian industry during the post-Independence period, explains the key reform measures undertaken for the development of industry in the wake of economic liberalisation and examines current issues pertaining to this vital sector of the Indian economy. The last decade of the 20th century was momentous in the economic history of India as it witnessed a successful transition of India from a controlled, inward looking, and slow growing economy to a liberalised and open economy that has now found a place amongst the fastest growing economies in the world.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India: Manpower, Employment Policy And Labour Welfare, 1947 To 2007 by K. Narindar Jetli : Rs1332 ISBN: 9788177081121
This book examines the whole gamut of labour related issues during the post-Independence period. The approach to the subject is mainly descriptive, interspersed by comments at places. The book is organised into three Parts. Part I provides a comprehensive introduction to various facets of Indian labour since 1947. It describes demographic trends, employment policies and strategies, constitutional provisions, legal framework, and institutions pertaining to labour and its welfare, current labour policy issues, labour laws pertaining to women and their empowerment and approaches of WTO and India on matters related to labour. Glimpses of India’s Five Year Plans from First Five Year Plan (1951-56) to Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-07) are also presented.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Subsidies In India by Rishi Muni Dwivedi : Rs756 ISBN: 9788177081176
This book explains and examines the whole gamut of subsidies, both explicit and implicit, in India at the level of Central and State Governments. Subsidies are sometimes called negative taxation. Providing minimum consumption entitlement to the poor by subsidising the items consumed by them is an extremely important welfare dimension of fiscal policy. However, subsidies can generate negative effects also.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Transfer Pricing, Multinationals And Taxation by Ashok Kumar : Rs527 ISBN: 9788177081084
Global changes in business and tax environments are having profound impact on the volume and direct trade and transfer pricing strategies. The development of optimal transfer pricing regulations has become a key accounting issue in the context of Indian economy. This book describes and examines various aspects of transfer pricing including import of raw material, other consumable stores, transfer of dividends, royalties, technical fees and other services. It provides an insight into corporate strategies, financial goals and performance evaluation in the context of global and Indian legislations and standards pertaining to transfer pricing.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Managing Business Enterprises by C.r. Sarkar : Rs576 ISBN: 9788177081169
Winning firms are organisations that most successfully master the business issues critical to their performance, and develop the most precise understanding of definitions of value and creation of value. Companies and industries prosper through improvements in competitiveness by leveraging core competencies and competitive intelligence. The topics dealt with in the book include corporate finance and its management, corporate governance and E-management, corporate disclosure and transparency, value addition and value analysis, quality control management, corporate social responsibility, corporate risk management, corporate business reorganisation and corporate disinvestment strategy.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Banking Sector Reforms In India by R.k. Uppal : Rs441 ISBN: 9788177081190
This book examines the developments in the banking sector of the Indian economy during the post-liberalisation period (i.e. from 1991 till date). It covers a large number of issues confronting the banking industry. However, the focus is on the following aspects: rationale and efficacy of banking reforms, profitability of major banks and new private sector banks, trends in non-interest income of banks, impact of falling rate of interest on banks, human resource management by banks, changing pattern of employment in banks, information technology (IT) in the banking sector, and rural development through bank credit.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Balanced Regional Development In India by Anita Kumari : Rs441 ISBN: 9788177081244
Balanced regional development has always been an essential component of the Indian development strategy in order to ensure the unity and integrity of the nation. Balanced regional development has been an integral part of economic planning in India since the launching of the First Five Year Plan in 1951. Part I of this work provides an introduction to policies, programmes, and current issues pertaining to balanced development of various parts of the Indian economy. Part II of the book reproduces edited extracts on the subject from India’s Five Year Plans. Part III contains latest data on regional imbalances in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India-west Asia Trade In Ancient Times by Giridhari Prasad Das : Rs698 ISBN: 9788177081251
The commercial intercourse between India and West Asia can be traced out from antiquity. If one leaves out the commercial relations between West Asia and India in the Bronze Age phase (3rd Millennium B.C.), then in the historical period a clear picture of this trade can be presented from 6th century B.C. with continuity. The book covers the period from 6th Century BC to 3rd Century AD. Specifically, the work seeks to explain (a) how the forces of exchange of commerce became an important part of the study of Indian trade history, (b) the impact of political relations on trade, in addition to exchange of goods, (c) the elaborate arrangement of Mauryas to get control over trade and exchange of cultural ingredients and (d) exchange of goods, market places, system of transport and communication etc. in commercial relations during the period under study.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India-russia Partnership by Debidatta A. Mahapatra : Rs518 ISBN: 9788177081145
Keeping in view the Cold War period, the Indo-Russian relations were marked by indifference initially but later those were called special. The disintegration of the Soviet Union in 1991, and the emergence of Russia as its successor led to a saga of drastic changes not only in the domestic arena but also in foreign policy. Written in a communicative style, the book attempts to highlight and trace various aspects of Indo-Russian relations since their evolution, including the major developments that have happened in this area. The focus has been on convergence of interests in post-Cold War period. Keeping in view the global process of change and development, the Kashmir-Chechnya comparison and the areas of convergence between the two countries, the book touches a subject of topical interest.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Indian Economy In The Globalised World (2 Vol. Set) by M. Sarngadharan : Rs1328 ISBN: 9788177081268
Business environment in India is changing fast, bringing new opportunities as well as posing challenges. Economic liberalisation and globalisation have created keen interest in foreign investors, resulting in comfortable foreign currency reserves, stability of Indian Rupee, vibrant stock market and expanding financial and services sector. However, the operations of multinational corporations and policies of WTO pose threats to some sectors of the Indian economy, especially to small and medium industries and agriculture. The present work in two volumes contains articles on issues crucial to the contemporary business and economy in India. The book in two volumes contains 25 articles which have been organised into seven theme titles.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Water Resources Management by K. Nageswara Rao : Rs617 ISBN: 9788177081060
Ecological concern is not merely an environmental concern but also calls for prudent use of water resources. Planning and implementation of water resources projects involve a number of socio-economic aspects and issues such as environmental sustainability, appropriate resettlement and rehabilitation of project-affected people and livestock, public health concerns of water impoundment, dam safety etc. This book presents views and opinions of experts regarding conservation and effective utilization of water resources that are fast becoming scarce in their availability. The contributors in the book include experts in drought studies, environmental studies, public utility studies, agriculture and watershed management areas. The suggestions based on the micro level studies are of immense relevance and would be useful for policy formulation and practical implementation of the programmes.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Communication Services In India - 1947-2007 by Vishal Sethi : Rs567 ISBN: 9788177081220
Development of communication services has been assigned due priority in India’s Five Year Plans beginning with the launching of First Five Year Plan on April 1, 1951. The New Telecom Policy (NTP) announced in 1999 modified the NTP, 1994 to take into account the far-reaching technological developments taking place in the telecom sector globally and to implement the Government’s resolve to make India a global IT superpower. NTP, 1999 also sought to solve problems arising out of the implementation of NTP, 1994. The telecom sector in India has been witnessing a continuous process of reforms since 1991. Part I of this work provides a detailed description and analysis of the evolution and the present nature of communication services in India. Part II of the book reproduces edited extracts on communication from India’s Five Year Plans. Part III contains recent policy announcements pertaining to communication services.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Fiscal Federalism by Hemlata Rao : Rs684 ISBN: 9788177081022
In federal finance, the use of quantitative techniques is very important. In fact, policy formulation is very much influenced by the quantitative results pertaining to extent and degree of vertical fiscal imbalances, trends in centralization and decentralization, extent of horizontal fiscal imbalances, inter-state disparities in taxable capacity, tax efforts, and fiscal needs of federating states. Another area where quantitative methods are used is the forecast of revenue and expenditure. These are some of the major issues dealt with in this book for appropriate policy formulation.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Corporate Reporting In India by V.k. Vasal : Rs603 ISBN: 9788177081213
Since the emergence of corporate form of business organization, accountability through periodic disclosures has been the foundation of good corporate governance. This book aims at analyzing the levels of corporate disclosures by the public sector entities in India. Levels of disclosures by the companies have been explored for the non-statutory informational items, termed extended corporate reporting (ECR). It explains theoretical concepts of corporate reporting by referencing them to the general framework of an informational system. Corporate reporting behavior in terms of additional disclosures has been analyzed for three sets of informational items. These are, complete set of (actual) additional disclosures, termed ‘extended corporate reporting’ (ECR), and two sub-sets of ECR - termed ‘extended financial reporting’ (EFR), and ‘extended social reporting’ (ESR).

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Dynamic Management In A Global Economy : Rs878 ISBN: 9788177081008
Globalisation refers to widening and deepening of international flow of trade, capital, labour, technology, information and services. Business environment in India is changing fast, bringing new opportunities as well as posing challenges. Economic liberalization and globalization have created keen interest in foreign investors resulting in comfortable foreign currency reserves, stability of Indian Rupee, vibrant stock market and expanding financial and services sector. The present volume contains findings of eminent scholars and young researchers on issues crucial to the contemporary business and economy in India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Economic Reforms In India by R.k. Uppal : Rs576 ISBN: 9788177080919
Responding to the macroeconomic crisis of the late 1980s, a programme of liberalisation, privatisation, and globalisation was initiated in India in July 1991. This programme encompassed wide-ranging reform measures touching almost every aspect of the Indian economy. s book explains the key reform measures undertaken in various sectors of the Indian economy since 1991. It examines their rationale, contents, and impact. Furthermore, the work puts in perspective the emerging lessons for the future. To provide the necessary backdrop to the new order, appropriate comparisons are made with the policies pursued prior to reforms period.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Asset Pricing In Indian Stock Market by Sanjay Sehgal : Rs608 ISBN: 9788177080797
This book empirically shows that the multi-factor asset pricing models, like the Fama-French model, provide a better description of average stock returns compared to the more widely accepted capital asset pricing model (CAPM). It is suggested that the market practitioners should re-design their investment management tool box by replacing CAPM with the Fama-French model for industry applications such as cost of capital estimation, corporate valuation, estimating fair rates of return, assessing stock market efficiency and portfolio performance evaluation. It is also revealed that size-based, value-based, reversal-based and momentum-based trading strategies do not provide extra-normal returns in India. The book will be a useful reference for mutual fund managers, portfolio managers, financial consultants and investors at large. Academicians and students in the area of investment management and corporate finance can also benefit from it.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
External Sector Reforms In India - 1991-2005 by Niti Bhasin : Rs621 ISBN: 9788177080858
In the wake of unprecedented external payment crisis of 1991, India has witnessed wide-ranging economic reforms encompassing various sectors of the economy. A critical ingredient of the reform process has been the gradual opening up of India’s external sector. The trade regime has been significantly liberalised with the abolition of quantitative restrictions and reduction in tariff rates. Non-debt creating flows are being encouraged. Against this backdrop and in recognition of the growing importance of the external sector in driving the economy, this book is focused on the developments of India’s external sector since 1991. It examines developments in the following segments of India’s external sector: foreign trade, export-import policy, tariff policy, current account management, capital account dynamics, foreign exchange reserves, exchange rate policies, external debt and aid, foreign direct investment and foreign portfolio investment.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Regional Economic Cooperation And Integration by Sonu Trivedi : Rs707 ISBN: 9788177080988
Prompted by the uncertain outcome of the GATT/Uruguay Round negotiations, regional agreements mushroomed in different parts of the world. This book focuses on the regional co-operation efforts in the three continents of the world, viz. Africa, Asia and Europe and their role in promoting and strengthening African Capacities. It examines various dimensions of regional co-operation with focus on bilateral relations between a community of highly developed states (European Union) and a group of developing countries, viz. COMESA (Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa). The latter part of the book focuses on inter-regional co-operation between South Asian countries, particularly India, and COMESA.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Imf Adjustment Programmes And Developing Economies by O.s. Deol : Rs518 ISBN: 9788177080896
Over the years, the most controversial aspect of the IMF’s relationship with its members has been the conditionality—the terms on which the Fund’s resources become available to its members. Hence, analysis of contents of the programmes and assessment of macroeconomic performance of developing countries under these programmes becomes interesting and important. This is the subject-matter of this book. Six countries, viz. Morocco, Ghana, Chile, Mexico, India, and Bangladesh have been included in this study which covers the period from 1975 to 2002.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Rural Transformation In India : Rs783 ISBN: 9788177080865
Emergence of WTO and the series of deliberations under Uruguay round have changed the world economic order. Indian Government has shelved the earlier protectionist policies and opened up the economy to the world market. he biased attitude of the Government towards service and industrial sectors has relegated agriculture to the backdrop. The present book attempts to highlight the challenges posed by globalisation on the agriculture sector and rural development efforts and the consequent impact on rural poverty, food security and employment situation. Macro and micro level observations on the above issues dealt with in this book will give valuable insight into current issues and problems related to rural economy of India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Strategising Industrial Development In Jammu & Kashmir by Khurshed Bhat : Rs693 ISBN: 9788177080957
The state of Jammu and Kashmir is one of the least developed states of India. It exhibits all the characteristics of an underdeveloped economy, viz. low per capita income, poor quality of life, widespread unemployment, fiscal imbalance and excessive reliance on the Indian Union. The book provides valuable insights into the challenges, opportunities and the strategies necessary to achieve sustainable industrial development of the strategically located state of Jammu and Kashmir of the Indian Union. The policy formulations offered in this book, if implemented, will to go a long way in placing the state on a high growth trajectory.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Environmental Protection In India by Abhay Kumar : Rs432 ISBN: 9788177080933
Present euphoria for rapid economic development has created enormous pressure on India’s natural resources. his book deals with the concepts of environment and development and their relationship and the resultant social movements. It investigates as to how the development process affects not only our environment but also the lives of millions of people whose survival is based on environment. In particular, it explores the origin, development, class dimension and other aspects of the Panidari System and its impact on the social situation, and the fight for its eradication. It also traces the origin and issues related to Subern Rekha Andolan. It examines as to how a large dam threatens the lives of poor people and displaces them from their roots. It also explores the alternate theories of development vis-à-vis environmental protection and their relationship with society.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Tourism And Sustainable Economic Development by M. Sarngadharan : Rs702 ISBN: 9788177080926
Tourism is making tremendous headway in many countries of the world including India. he present book is designed in such a manner as to bring together service providers in the tourism industry, government officials, policy makers, researchers and academia for sharing experience and generating new knowledge in the thrust area of tourism. The book contains articles written by eminent personalities hailing from all these categories. The subject matter dealt with in the book includes planning and development of sustainable tourism products, tourism personnel, eco-tourism and adverse effects of tourism. The book lays special emphasis on eco-tourism and eco-friendly infrastructure. It underscores the need for using natural resources in a sustainable manner so as not to disturb the rich socio-cultural fabric of India.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Disclosure Practices Of Corporate Sector by Raj Sethi Nangia : Rs522 ISBN: 9788177080902
In the late 1980s, corporate sector in a number of countries was beset with problems of questionable accounting practices. India also had its share of scams, scandals and flagrant violations of law under the veil of corporate impenetrability. Stock market scam, the CRB scam, Bofors scam, Urea scam and UTI scam are some of the examples. Quality of governance is influenced by integrity of the management and the need to carry on operational activities in a transparent manner by proper and adequate disclosure of financial and non-financial data (corporate disclosure) through Annual Reports and other documents. This book is all about corporate disclosures in the backdrop of growing business malpractices and loss of faith in the company form of business organisation by the investors, particularly small investors.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
India And Asean : Rs612 ISBN: 9788177080810
For long, India hardly regarded the countries of Southeast Asia and South Pacific as priority areas despite the latter’s cultural, political, economic and strategic significance. The long spell of mutual alienation understandably gave way to mutual distrust and suspicion. This dark period in India’s relations with the countries of Southeast Asia and South Pacific was, however, brought to an end following the reshaping and reorientation of India’s foreign policy, manifest in the vigorous pursuit of ‘Look East’ policy since the last decade of the previous century. Positive factors such as the pursuit of ASEAN and Australia’s ‘Look West’ policy coinciding with the adoption of ‘Look East’ policy by India, had already registered impressive progress in the field of economy, strategy and cultural relations between India and ASEAN. The leading specialists have critically examined the fruitful synergy in the relations between India and the countries of Southeast Asia and South Pacific.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Value Added Tax by Astha Ahuja : Rs441 ISBN: 9788177080681
This book examines various theoretical issues related to the operation of VAT. It provides an overview of the present tax system of India. More specifically, it traces the efforts made by the Central and State Governments in India to rationalise indirect tax system of the country in the direction of VAT. The book, drawing on the experience of other countries, evaluates various options available for a smooth switch over to VAT in India. The countries considered for the purpose are: Brazil, Argentina, Mexico, Germany, and Canada.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Disinvestment Of Public Sector Enterprises by Vibha Mathur : Rs432 ISBN: 9788177080636
The poor performance of PSEs started to be reflected in low profits and in some cases mounting losses year after year. Hence, privatisation of public sector enterprises is a part of the economic reforms process initiated in 1991. In dismantling the public sector, India has adopted a gradualist approach. The slow pace of privati-sation has disappointed the public in general. This book traces the philosophy and growth of PSEs in India and describes recent policy measures for their privatisation. Hurdles being faced by the Government in this gigantic task are also set forth.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Traditional Exports Of India by K.c. John : Rs437 ISBN: 9788177080629
Presently, India’s exports cover a wide range of traditional and non-traditional items. Although non-traditional items (gems and jewellery, readymade garments, engineering goods and chemicals) have entered into India’s exports in a big way yet traditional items of exports, viz. marine products, tea, coffee, spices and coir occupy a dominant place in our export basket. This book focuses on the performance and outlook of traditional items in India’s exports. The work is relevant in the context of changing pattern of world trade in the wake of new rules and regulations introduced by the World Trade Organisation (WTO).

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Managerial Processes, Team Behaviour And Productivity by Pushpa Gandhi : Rs441 ISBN: 9788177080711
The present book builds up a new concept of managerial processes and examines their role in organizational effectiveness. An attempt has been made to identify various managerial processes like leadership, communication, conflict resolution, feedback and innovative management. The scales for assessing these identified managerial processes have been developed through rigorous scientific processes. The book evaluates the impact of these identified managerial processes on productivity and on several selected dimensions of team behaviour.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Regional Security And Regional Cooperation by Bharti Chibber : Rs797 ISBN: 9788177080728
This book describes and examines issues in regional security and regional cooperation, and their interrelationships both in theory and practice, through a comparative study of ASEAN and SAARC. Taking a comprehensive view of security, it analyses how ASEAN and SAARC have contributed to regional security in Southeast Asia and South Asia. Intra-regional relationships among the member countries have been examined within the broader parameters of the changing international scenario. This work will be of particular interest to those who are interested and involved in international relations, area studies, security and regional cooperation.

Buy At AmazonIndia

Buy At AmazonUSA

Buy At AbeBooks

Buy At Flipkart

Buy At Infibeam

Buy At BookAdda

Buy At PustakMandi
Next page .....

Global Book Shop
B-1/104 Paschim Vihar, New Delhi 110063 Tel: 01142316457, 9810570740
facebook.com/doctorkc